UNIVERSITY OF KERALA
B. TECH DEGREE COURSE 2008 SCHEME
MECHANICAL - STREAM - PRODUCTION - ENGINEERING
REGULATION, SCHEME AND SYLLABUS (I – VIII semesters)
APPROVED BY BOARD OF STUDIES IN ENGINEERING AND FACULTY OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
UNIVERSITY OF KERALA
B.Tech Degree Course – 2008 Scheme
REGULATIONS 1. Conditions for Admission Candidates for admission to the B.Tech degree course shall be required to have passed the Higher Secondary Examination, Kerala or 12th Standard V.H.S.E., C.B.S.E., I.S.C. or any examination accepted by the university as equivalent thereto obtaining not less than 50% in Mathematics and 50% in Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry/ Bio- technology/ Computer Science/ Biology put together, or a diploma in Engineering awarded by the Board of Technical Education, Kerala or an examination recognized as equivalent thereto after undergoing an institutional course of at least three years securing a minimum of 50 % marks in the final diploma examination subject to the usual concessions allowed for backward classes and other communities as specified from time to time. 2. Duration of the course i) The course for the B.Tech Degree shall extend over a period of four academic years comprising of eight semesters. The first and second semester shall be combined and each semester from third semester onwards shall cover the groups of subjects as given in the curriculum and scheme of examination ii) Each semester shall ordinarily comprise of not less than 400 working periods each of 60 minutes duration iii) A candidate who could not complete the programme and pass all examinations within Ten (10) years since his first admission to the B.Tech programme will not be allowed to continue and he has to quit the Programme. However he can be readmitted to the first year of the programme if he/she satisfies the eligibility norms applicable to the regular candidates prevailing at the time of readmission. 3. Eligibility for the Degree Candidates for admission to the degree of bachelor of technology shall be required to have undergone the prescribed course of study in an institution maintained by or affiliated to the University of Kerala for a period of not less than four academic years and to have passed all the examinations specified in the scheme of study 4. Subjects of Study The subjects of study shall be in accordance with the scheme and syllabi prescribed 5. Evaluation Candidates in each semester will be evaluated both by continuous assessment and end semester University examination. The individual maximum marks allotted for continuous assessment and University examination for each subject is as prescribed by the scheme of study. 5.1 Continuous Assessment (C.A) The marks awarded for the continuous assessment will be on the basis of the day-to-day work, periodic tests (minimum two in a semester) and assignments (minimum of three – one each from each module). The faculty member concerned will do the continuous assessment for each semester. The C.A. marks for the individual subjects shall be computed by giving weight age to the following parameters.
Subject Theory Subjects Drawing Practical Project Work
20% 50% 20% 40% 20% 40% Work Assessed by Guide – 50% Assessed by a three member committee out of which one member is the guide – 50%
Assignments/ Class Work 30% 40% 40%
The C.A. marks for the attendance (20%) for each theory, practical and drawing shall be awarded in full only if the candidate has secured 90% attendance or above in the subject. Proportionate reduction shall be made in the case of subjects in which he/she gets below 90% of the attendance for a subject. The CA marks obtained by the student for all subjects in a semester is to be published at least 5 days before the commencement of the University examinations. Anomalies if any may be scrutinized by the department committee and the final CA marks are forwarded to the university within the stipulated time. 5.2. End Semester University Examinations i) There will be University examinations at the end of the first academic year and at the end of every semester from third semester onwards in subjects as prescribed under the respective scheme of examinations. Semester classes shall be completed at least 10 working days before the commencement of the University examination. The examination will be held twice in an year – April/May session (for even semester) and October/November session (for odd semester). The combined 1st and 2nd semester is reckoned as equivalent to an even semester for the purpose of conduct of examination and the University examination will be held during April/May. However VII and VIII Semester examination will be conducted in both the sessions. This schedule will not be changed A student will be permitted to appear for the university examination only if he/she satisfies the following requirements a. He/she must secure not less than 75% attendance in the total number of working periods during the first year and in each semester thereafter and shall be physically present for a minimum of 60% of the total working periods. In addition, he/she also shall be physically present in at least 50% of total working periods for each subject b. He must earn a progress certificate from the head of the institution of having satisfactorily completed the course of study in the semester as prescribed by these regulations c. It shall be open to the Vice-Chancellor to grant condonation of shortage of attendance on the recommendation of the head of the institution in accordance with the following norms d. The attendance shall not be less than 60% of the total working periods e. He/she shall be physically present for a minimum of 50% of the total working periods f. The shortage shall not be condoned more than twice during the entire course g. The condonation shall be granted subject to the rules and procedures prescribed by the university from time to time. h. The condonation for combined 1st and 2nd semesters will be reckoned as a single condonation for attendance purposes. A student who is not permitted to appear for the University examinations for a particular semester due to the shortage of attendance and not permitted by the
v) vi) vii)
authorities for condonation of shortage of attendance shall repeat the semester when it is offered again. This provision is allowed only once for a semester. The university will conduct examinations for all subjects (Theory, Drawing & Practical) The scheme of valuation will be decided by the chief examiner for theory / drawing subjects For practical examinations, the examiners together will decide the marks to be awarded. The student shall produce the certified record of the work done in the laboratory during the examination. The evaluation of the candidate should be as per the guidelines given in the syllabus for the practical subject.
6. Letter Grades For each subject in a semester, based on the total marks obtained by the student in the University examination and Continuous assessment put together a letter grade (S,A+, A, B+, B, C+, C, D, E and F) will be awarded. All letter grades except ‘F’ will be awarded if the marks for the University examination is 40 % or above and the total mark (C.A marks + University Exam mark) is 50 % or above. No absolute mark will be indicated in the grade card. Letter grade corresponding to total marks (C.A marks+ University Exam mark) and the corresponding grade point in a ten-point scale is described below.
% of Total marks (C.A marks + University Exam mark) 90 % and above 85 % and above but less than 90% 80 % and above but less than 85% 75 % and above but less than 80% 70 % and above but less than 75% 65 % and above but less than 70% 60 % and above but less than 65% 55 % and above but less than 60% 50 % and above but less than 55% Below 50% (C.A + U.E) or below 40 % for U.E only
Letter Grade S A+ A B+ B C+ C D E F
Grade (G.P) 10 9 8.5 8 7.5 7 6.5 6 5.5 0
7. Grade Point Average (GPA) and Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) Grade point average is the semester wise average points obtained by each student in a 10point scale. GPA for a particular semester is calculated as per the calculation shown below.
Credit × GP obtained for the subject credit for subject
Cumulative Grade point Average (CGPA) is the average grade points obtained by the students till the end of any particular semester. CGPA is calculated in a 10-point scale as shown below.
Credits for semester × GPA obtained for the semester credits for the semester
GPA and CGPA shall be rounded to two decimal points. The Grade card issued to the students shall contain subject number and subject name, credits for the subject, letter grades obtained, GPA for the semester and CGPA up to that particular semester. In addition to the grade cards for each semester all successful candidate shall also be issued a consolidated statement grades. On specific request from a candidate and after remitting the prescribed fees the University shall issue detailed mark to the individual candidate. 8. Minimum for a pass a) b) c) A candidate shall be declared to have passed a semester examination in full in the first appearance if he/she secures not less than 5.5 GPA with a minimum of ‘E’ grade for the all individual subject in that semester. A candidate shall be declared to have passed in an individual subject of a semester examination if he/she secures grade ‘E’ or above. A candidate who does not secure a full pass in a semester examination as per clause (a) above will have to pass in all the subjects of the semester examination as per clause (b) above before he is declared to have passed in that semester examination in full.
9. Improvement of Grades i) A candidate shall be allowed to re-appear for a maximum of two subjects of a semester examination in order to improve the marks and hence the grades already obtained subject to the following conditions a) b) c) d) The candidate shall be permitted to improve the examination only along with next available chance. The candidate shall not be allowed to appear for an improvement examination for the subjects of the VII & VIII semesters The grades obtained by the candidate for each subject in the improvement chance he has appeared for or the already existing grades – whichever is better will be reckoned as the grades secured. First & Second semester will be counted as a single chance and they can improve a maximum of three subjects
ii) A candidate shall be allowed to repeat the course work in one or more semesters in order to better the C.A. marks already obtained, subject to the following conditions a) He/she shall repeat the course work in a particular semester only once and that too at the earliest opportunity offered to him/her. b) He/she shall not combine this course work with his/her regular course work c) He/she shall not be allowed to repeat the course work of any semester if he has already passed that semester examination in full d) The C.A marks obtained by the repetition of the course work will be considered for all purposes iii) A candidate shall be allowed to withdraw from the whole examination of a semester in accordance with the rules for cancellation of examination of the University of Kerala. 10. Classification of Successful candidates i) A candidate who qualifies for the degree passing all the subjects of the eight semesters within five academic years ( ten consecutive semesters after the commencement of his/her course of study) and secures not less than 8 CGPA up to and including eighth semester (overall CGPA) shall be declared to have passed the B.Tech degree examination in FIRST CLASS WITH DISTINCTION
ii) A candidate who qualifies for the degree passing all the subjects of the eight semesters within five academic years ( ten consecutive semesters after the commencement of his/her course of study) and secures less than 8 CGPA but not less than 6.5 CGPA up to and including eighth semester shall be declared to have passed the B.Tech degree examination in FIRST CLASS. iii) All other successful candidates shall be declared to have passed the B.Tech Degree examination in SECOND CLASS iv) Successful candidates who complete the examination in four academic years (Eight consecutive semesters after the commencement of the course of study shall be ranked branch-wise on the basis of the CGPA in all eight semesters put together. In the case of a tie in the CGPA the total marks of the students who have got same CGPA shall be considered for finalizing the rank. Students who pass the examination in supplementary examination are also covered under this clause 11. Educational Tour a) The students may undertake one educational tour preferably after fourth semester of the course and submit a tour report b) The tour may be conducted during the vacation / holidays taking not more than 5 working days, combined with the vacation / holidays if required. Total number of Tour days shall not exceed 15 days. c) The tour period shall be considered as part of the working periods of a semester 12. Revision of Regulations The university may from time to time revise, amend or change the regulations, curriculum, scheme of examinations and syllabi. These changes unless specified otherwise, will have effect from the beginning of the academic year / semester following the notification of the University
109 08.ENGINEERING Combined I and II Semesters. 2008 scheme (Common for all branches)
Course No 08.107 08.SCHEME AND SYLLABUS MECHANICAL .Machine Drawing Part B.
Course No 08.104 08. hours L Engineering Mathematics Engineering Physics Engineering Chemistry Engineering Graphics Engineering Mechanics Basic Civil Engineering Basic Mechanical Engineering Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering Basic Communication and Information Engineering Engineering Workshops Total 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 0 17 T 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 8 D/P 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 2 4 Max session al marks 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 500 Exa m Dur Hrs 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Exam max marks 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 1000 Cre dits 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 4 58
Name of subject
The subject 08.102 08.Civil Drawing & Estimation Civil Engineering Lab.306 08.308
Name of subject Engineering Mathematics – II (CMPUNERFHBTA) Humanities (MPUE) Fluid Mechanics and Machines (MPU) Mechanics of Solids (MPU) Mechanical Engineering Engineering Drawing (MPU) Part A.304 08.108 08.105 08.303 08.PRODUCTION .301 08.(MPU) Fluid Mechanics Lab Total
Weekly load.STREAM .101 08.106 08.302 08.109 will be handled by the Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering.103 08.110 Weekly load.305 08. hours L T D/P 3 3 4 3 3 0 1 0 0 17 0 0 4 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 2 2 2 2 8
Max sessional marks 50 50 50 50 50 25 25 50 50 400
Exam Dur Hrs 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 -
Exam max marks 100 100 100 100 100 100 (50+5 0) 100 100 800
Cr edi ts 4 3 5 4 4 5 2 2 29
403 08. Max Exam Exam Cre hours session Dur max dits Hrs marks L T D/P al marks 3 3 3 2 3 3 0 0 17 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 3 3 6 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 4 4 4 3 4 4 3 3 29
08.504 will be handled by the Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering.401 08.404 08.Semester IV Cours e No 08.502 08.407 08.406 08.505 08.408 Weekly load.405 08.507 08.504 08. hours L 3 3 3 2 3 0 0 0 14 T 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 5 D/P 4 3 3 10 Max sessional marks 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Exam Dur Hrs 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 Exam max mark s 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 Cre dits 4 4 4 3 4 4 3 3 29
Name of subject Engineering Mathematics – III (CMPUNERFHB) Computer Programming & Numerical Methods (MNPU) Metallurgy & Material Science (MP) Production Process-I Machine Tools-I Production Drawing ME Lab Machine Tools lab Total
Semester V Course No Name of subject Weekly load.
.501 08.506 08.508
Engineering Mathematics – IV [CMPU] Electrical Technology [MPU] Theory of Machine [MP] Industrial Electronics [MP] Production Process II Elective I Production Process Lab Electrical and Electronics Lab [MPU] Total
The subject 08.503 08.402 08.
606 08.709 Name of subject Principles of Management and Decision Modeling [MPU] Mechatronics [MPU] Computer Integrated Manufacturing Systems Theory of Metal cutting Machine Tool Design Elective III Production Tooling Lab CIM Lab Project & Seminar [MPU] Total Weekly load.708 08.703 08.801 08.805 08.602 08.804 08.803 08.607 08.807 08.705 08.802 08.608 Name of subject Weekly load.605 08. hours L T D/P 3 3 2 3 3 3 0 0 17 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 3 3 6 Max sessio nal marks 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Exam Exam Cre Dur max dits Hrs marks 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 4 4 3 4 4 4 3 3 29
Metrology and Instrumentation [MP] Dynamics of Machinery [MP] Computer Aided Design [MPU] Machine Tools II Machines Theory and Design Elective – II CAD Lab Metallurgy and Metrology Lab Total
Semester VII Course No 08.808 Energy Management [MPU] Industrial Engineering [MPU] Tool Engineering Product Development and Design Elective IV Elective V Industrial Seminar [MPU] Project & Viva voce [MPU] Total Weekly load.704 08.706 08.701 08.Semester VI Course No 08. Max Exam hours sessiona Dur L T D/P l marks Hrs 2 1 50 3 2 1 50 3 3 1 50 3 3 1 50 3 3 3 0 0 16 1 1 0 0 6 2 5 7 50 50 50 150 500 3 3 Exam Cre max dits marks 100 3 100 3 100 4 100 4 100 100 100 700 4 4 2 5 29
. hours L T D/P 2 3 3 3 3 3 0 0 0 17 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 6 2 2 2 6 Max Exam Exam Cr sessiona Dur max edi l marks Hrs marks ts 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 500 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 3 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 29
Semester VIII Course Name of subject No 08.707 08.601 08.604 08.603 08.806 08.702 08.
Artificial Intelligence Systems 7. Advanced Fluid Mechanics 11. Precision Engineering 13 Advanced Manufacturing Processes 14. Creativity. Production and Automobile Engineering branches unless otherwise specified in the title)
08. Object Oriented Programming 4. Advanced Thermodynamics 3. Mechanical working Methods 6. Human aspects of management 3. Non Destructive Testing 14. Advanced mechanics of solids 2. Alternate Energy Sources 22. Micromachining Methods 16. Concurrent Engineering 20. Automotive Air-conditioning 17. Foundry Technology 9.ELECTIVE SECTION
LIST OF ELECTIVES
(Electives are common to Mechanical. Innovation and New Product Development
. Vehicle Performance And Testing 19. Mech. Automotive Fuels & Alternate Fuels 08. Material Characterisation 15. Disaster Management 4. Professional ethics and human values 6. Total Quality Management 12. Instrumentation and control 9. Glimpses of world thought 5. Environmental Science 7. Vibration & Noise Control 16.606 Elective II 1. Vehicle Transport & Fleet Management 16. Nuclear Engineering 5. Industrial Automation 21. Fracture Mechanics 6. Two And Three Wheeled Vehicles 08. Plant Engg & Maintenance 5. New Energy systems 3. Automotive Pollution and Control 23. Powder Metallurgy 15. Internet Technologies 13. Composite Materials Technology 12.706 Elective III 1. Bio Materials 19. Tool Engineering (MU) 17. Machine tool Technology 12. Materials Handling 10. Turbo Machines 14 Experimental Methods in Engineering 15. 506 Elective I 1. Vehicle Body Engineering 18. Finite Element Methods 10. Communicative English and technical writing 2. Theory of Machining (MU) 18. Computer Graphics 2. Entrepreneurship Development 8. Failure Analysis 17.System Modeling & Simulation 8. Environmental Pollution Control 10. Metal Forming 11. 7. Marketing Management. Agro Machinery 11. Industrial Heat Transfer 4. Industrial Hydraulics 9. Non-conventional Machining Techniques 13. Advanced Welding technology 8.
Industrial Safety Engineering 23. Surface Engineering 21. Software Engineering 13.08. Computational Fluid Dynamics 12. Design of Pressure Vessels & Piping 10. Non linear Dynamics and Chaos 6. Computerized Materials Management 7. Creativity& Product Development 6. Engineering Design 24. Continuum Mechanics 17. Design of jigs and fixtures 7. Multiphase flow 8. Design of Heat transfer equipment 5. Logistics and Supply Chain Management 19. 15. Propulsion Engineering 2. Embedded System In Automobiles 26. Experimental Stress Analysis Techniques 2. Advanced Decision Modeling 5. Financial Management 10. High Temperature Materials 22. Rapid Prototyping 20. Thermal Management of Electronic Systems 16. Project Management 16. Random vibrations 8. 12. Facilities Planning 4. Research Methodology 19. Automotive Aerodynamics 24. Nanotechnology 20. Cryogenic Engineering 14. Product and brand management 18. Production & Operations Management 15. Computer Simulation of IC Engine Processes. Industrial Refrigeration 3. Off. Tribology 11. Technology Forecasting 13. Automotive Technology (P) 21. 805 Elective IV 1. Aerospace Engineering 3. Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Design 23. Design of Cellular Manufacturing 22. Design of IC Engines 17. Value Engineering.
. Robotics 18. Management Information Systems 14. Advanced Kinematics of Machines 9. Industrial Quality Control 4. Tractors & Farm Equipments 25. Bio Medical Engineering.Road Vehicles 25. Controls in Machine tools 9. Flexible Manufacturing Methods 11. Computer Aided Vehicle Design
08. 806 Elective V 1.
GradientPhysical interpretation of gradient. Kreyszig.Linear differential eqations with constant coefficients.Operator ∇ . 2.signature and index.rank.Errors and approximations.Leibnitz’ Theorem(without proof). Advanced Engineering Mathematics.Method of variation of parameters .Reduction to canonical forms-Nature of quadratic formsDefiniteness.Pearson International 6. unit impulse function and periodic functions-second shifiting theorem.Transforms of derivatives and integrals. 2006 5.Scalar and vector fields.Total derivatives. Nazarudeen and Royson. Wiley Eastern.S.Echelon form and normal form. Differential Equations and Applications:. Advanced Engineering Mathematics.Convolution theorem(without proof)-Transforms of unit step function.Ramana.Curl. REFERENCES 1. MODULE-III Matrices:-Rank of a matrix. Thomson 3.CurvatureRadius of curvature.Consistency. Peter O’ Neil . Michel D Greenberg.Divergence.Maxima and minima of functions of two variables Lagrange’s method.Grewal . Engineering Mathematics I.Scalar and vector functions.Irrotational and solenoidal fields – Scalar potential.Solution of ordinary differential equations with constant coefficients using Laplace transforms. 8th edition.Eigen values and eigen vectors – Properties of eigen values and eigen vectors. B. Vector differentiation and applications :.Transform functions multiplied by t and divided by t . Higher Engineering Mathematics.Application to orthogonal trajectories (cartisian form only).Evolute ( Cartesian .1 Applications of differentiation:– Definition of Hyperbolic functions and their derivativesSuccessive differentiation.Inverse transforms. Higher Engineering Mathematics. Sureshan J.Transforms of elementary functions .differentiation of vector functions-Velocity and acceleration.Equivalent matrices. Advanced Engineering Mathematics. Zenith Publications
.Linear dependence and independence of vectors.Identities involving ∇ (no proof) .shifting property.Euler’s theorem on homogeneous functions. Tata Mc Graw Hill. B.103 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS.Partial derivatives.Jacobians.Solution of a system linear equations-Non homogeneous and homogeneous equations.polar and parametric forms) Partial differentiation and applications:.Leibnitz rule on differentiation under integral sign.centre of curvature.V.Cauchy and Legendre equations – Simultaneous linear equations with constant coefficients. MODULE-II Laplace transforms:.Elementary transformations.Cayley Hamilton theorem(no proof).Taylor’s series (one and two variables) .L-T-P: 2-1-0
08.Inverse of a matrix by gauss-Jordan method.Directional derivative.DiagonalisationQuadratic forms. Khanna Publishers 4.1
div. Energy and momentum operators. High temperature superconductors. Bosons and Fermions. Coordination number and packing factor with reference to simple cubic. Theory of damped harmonic oscillations. Diffraction of Light: Fresnel and Fraunhofer diffraction. Production and analysis of circularly and elliptically polarized light. Introduction to new materials (qualitative) -Metallic glasses. Deduction of Maxwell’s equations. Interference in thin films and wedge shaped films. Polarization of Light: Types of polarized light. Unit cell and lattice parameters. Miller indices. Harmonic waves. Interference filters. Michelson’s interferometer. Concept of displacement current. Velocity addition. Transverse nature of electromagnetic waves. Double refraction. body centered cubic and face centered cubic crystals. Einstein’s postulates. Theory of plane.II Interference of Light: Concept of temporal and spatial coherence.102 ENGINEERING PHYSICS
MODULE-I Oscillations and Waves: Basic ideas of harmonic oscillations – Differential equation of a SHM and its solution. Determination of wave length and thickness. Grating equation. Resolving power of grating. Super conductivity . Retardation plates. MODULE. Particle in one dimensional box. Basic postulates of Maxwell-Boltzmann. Polaroids. Uncertainty principle. Density of states. Crystal systems. Poynting’s theorem (qualitative only) Physics of Solids: Space lattice. Simultaneity. BCS theory (qualitative). Time dilation. Shape memory alloys. X-ray diffraction. Types of waves. Wave function. Newton’s rings. Quality factor. Photo elasticity – isoclinic and isochromatic fringes – photo elastic bench Special Theory of Relativity: Michelson-Morley experiment. Time Dependent and Time Independent Schrodinger equations. Bio materials. Derivation of Planck’s
. Prediction of electromagnetic waves. Antireflection coating. Tunnelling (qualitative). Fraunhofer diffraction at a circular aperture (qualitative). Three dimensional waves . Theory of forced harmonic oscillations and resonance. Directions and planes. Resolving power of telescope and microscope. Relativistic mass. Expectation values. Plane waves and spherical waves. Mass less particle. Distribution equations in the three cases (no derivation). Bragg’s law.Meissner effect. Plane transmission grating. Induced birefringence. Nicol Prism. Statistical Mechanics: Macrostates and Microstates. Length contraction. Electromagnetic Theory: Del operator – grad. Energy in wave motion. Rayleigh’s criterion for resolution. curl and their physical significance. Lorentz transformation equations (no derivation). MODULE – III Quantum Mechanics: Dual nature of matter.Differential Equation and solution. Nano materials. One dimensional waves – Differential Equation. Mass energy relation. Applications of superconductors. circular and elliptically polarized light. Velocity of transverse waves along a stretched string. E and H are at right angles.L-T-P: 2-1-0
08. Fraunhofer diffraction at a single slit. Type-I and Type-II superconductors. Bose-Einstein and Fermi-Dirac statistics. Eigen values and functions. Phase space. Interplanar spacing in terms of Miller indices.
Robert Resnick . XI Edn. 6. J. Newton’s Rings – Determination of wave length. Upadhyaya. each of 4 marks (uniformly taken from all modules). Prentice Hall of India 8.
. 13. Mechanics. David J Griffiths. Hassan et al.A.. IV Edn. Mark Ratner& Daniel Ratner. Sears & Zemansky . B. Optical resonant cavity. Part B contains long answer questions for 60 marks. Semiconductor Laser (qualitative). Pearson 5. 10. Air Wedge – Diameter of a thin wire 3. Types of optical fibers. . Ram Prasad & Sons 4. Fiber Optics .. Eugene Hecht. each of 10 marks. III Edn.. Richard L Libboff.. Population inversion and stimulated emission. Modern Physics for Scientists and Engineers. Computer stimulation – study of E & H. Pearson 3. Advanced Engineering Physics . Aswathy Publishers. Frank & Leno. 4. The syllabus is spread in 3 modules. Polarization by reflection – Brewster’s law. Part A contains short answer questions for 40 marks. University Physics. Carbon dioxide Laser (qualitative). 2.. John Willey and Sons 10. Statistical Mechanics. Pearson 11.Numerical Aperture and acceptance angle. Fermi energy. LIST OF DEMONSTRATION EXPERIMENTS 1. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics. this part contains 3 questions out of which 2 are to be answered. A Text Book of Engineering Physics. Elementary Solid State Physics. Kollam. Optics.. Long answer questions from all the 3 modules will form 60 marks. M Ali Omar. Spectrometer – Plane transmission grating – wavelength of light. Introduction to Optics. II Edn. 11. Ruby Laser. REFERENCE: 1.. 9. Computer stimulation – superposition of waves. Laser: Einstein’s coefficients. 7. This part contains 10 questions without any choice. Introduction to Electrodynamics. Nanotechnology.C. Vivo Books 12. Pearson 9. (Gauss’ law & Ampere’s law) Pattern of Question Paper University examination is for a maximum of 100 marks. Spectrometer – Refractive indices of calcite for the ordinary and extraordinary rays.formula. IV Edn. Helium-Neon Laser. . From each module. 5. Donald A Mcquarrie. John R Taylor. in 3 hour duration. Chris D Zafiratos & Michael A Dubson. Michelson’s interferometer – Wavelength of light.. Pearson 2. Applications. Trivandrum 14. Phasor Books. S O Pillai. Solid State Physics. New Age International Publishers 7. 8. Holography. Michelson’s interferometer – Thickness of thin transparent film. Introduction to Special Relativity. Pearson 6. III Edn. Free electrons in a metal as a Fermi gas. T. The question paper will consist of two parts (A and B). Laser – Diffraction at a straight wire or circular aperture. Laser – Diffraction at a narrow slit.. Premlet.
Thermoplastics and thermosetting plasticsCompounding of plastics-Moulding techniques of plastics (Compression. spin-spin splitting) (6hrs) Chromatography.Electrodes.Silicon polymers.structure of natural rubber. (2hrs) MODULE-3 Polymers.Priming and foaming. NMR spectra (Basic principle. (3hrs) Thermal methods of analysis-Basic principles involved in Thermo gravimetry. cathodic protection).Nickel cadmium cell. Nylon.Beer Lamberts law.Reference electrodes. Lime-soda process. electro dialysis.Mechanism of polymarisation (Addition.Methods of disinfection of water-Desalination process (Reverse osmosis. Bakelite. phosphate and calgon conditioning). properties and uses of PVC.paint (4hrs) Nano materials. Injection. anionic and coordination polymarisation).Fuel cells. free radical.Classifications. Urea formaldehyde resin.Standared hydrogen electrode.Related problems.Metallic coatings. .Coductometric and Potentiometric titrations (acid base.Factors affecting corrosion (nature of metal and nature of environment) and different methods of corrosion control (corrosion inhibitors.Types of corrosion (Concentration cell corrosion. PET.vulcanisation.Chemical conversion coatings.L-T-P: 2-1-0
08. Galvanic corrosion) . Stress corrosion. (12hrs) Corrosion and its control. Differential thermal analysis and applications.General principles.Boiler corrosion-Water softening methods. PMMA.Helmotz double layer. Elastomers.Chemical method (reduction)-Properties and Applications of nano materials-Nano tubes-Nano wires.Galvanic series.Introduction-Classification-preparation (laser abrasion technique and sputtering technique). polyacetylene and [polypyrrol and its applications.Biodegradable plastics. cationic. PVA.Electronic spectra (Classification of electronic transitions. carbonate. oxidation reduction and precipitation titrations).BOD and COD. Rotational spectra (Determination of bond length and application).Estimation of hardness.Anaerobic and USAB processes.Molecular energy levels-Types of molecular spectra. (4hrs) MODULE-2 Water treatment. (2hrs) Spectroscopy. Transfer and Extrusion moulding)-Preparation.Domestic water treatment.Origin of electrode potential.103 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY
MODULE-1 Electrochemistry .Lead acid cell.Nernst equation and application.Gas chromatography. (2hrs)
. Ion exchange methods-Internal treatments (colloidal.Distillation). chemical shift.Types of hardness.Sludge and scales in boilers. (5hrs) Protective coatings.synthetic rubbers (Buna-S.Electrode potential. Vibrational spectra (mechanism of interaction and application).Secondary cells.Aerobic .Theories of corrosion (chemical corrosion and electrochemical corrosion).Saturated calomel electrode.Concentration cells.Waste water treatment.Quinhydron electrode-Determination of PH using these electrodes.by EDTA method.High performance liquid chromatography. Butyl rubber and Neoprene) (12hrs) Organo electronic compounds -Super conducting and conducting organic materials like Polyaniline.Air pollution.Lithium-ion cell. (12hrs) Envirnmental damages and prevention.Degree of hardness.CFCs and ozone depletionAlternative refrigerents-Green house effect-Water pollution.
Engineering Chemistry 11. A. 7. Chemistry of liquid crystals 9. Modern materials 6. 8. B. Determination of molarity of HCl solution PH-metrically.Venkappayya & S.
REFERENCES 1. Environmental Chemistry 3. J. A text book of Engineering Chemistry 13. Dean . Willard. R.A. J. Engineering Chemistry.cloud and pour point. H. De .H. L. Engineering Chemistry 12.Introduction-Mechanism of lubrication. 5.Gonser . Elements of Material science and Engineering 8. 2.Glasstone . L.C. Estimation of copper in brass. Gowariker . Potentiometric titrations. (4hrs) Cement. 3.Properties of lubricants-Viscosity index. K. R.Manufacture of Portland cement.Calorific value. 9.R. S.Theory of setting and hardening of cement (2hrs) LAB-EXPERIMENTS (DEMONSTRATION ONLY) 1.Klauhunde. P. Merrit and J. Gopalan.W. Material Science and engineering. Engineering Chemistry 14.solid and liquid lubricant. Polymer science 5.C. Instrumental methods of analysis 2.J. Shashi Chawla . Estimation of COD in sewage water. Estimation of iron in a sample of heamatite.Goodby . Determinations of PH using glass electrode and quinhydron electrode. Preparation of buffers and standardisation of PH meter.Fuels. Estimation of chloride ions in domestic water. Jain. A text book of physical chemistry 10. Nanoscale materials in chemistry 4. 10. 4. B. V. Thiruvananthapuram
. D.flash and fire point.aniline value.W.N Goyal and Harmendra Goeal. 12.K. Determination of flash and fire point of a lubricating oil by Pensky Marten’s apparatus.L. Rajaram . Estimation of dissolved oxygen. Ane Students Edition.A.Raghavan. Estimation of available chlorine in bleaching powder. Juhaina Ahad . Van Vlack .Bio fuels -Bio hydrogen and Bio-diesel (5hrs) Lubricants. A first course 7. Nagarajan .HCV and LCV-Experimental determination of calorific valueTheoretical calculation of calorific value by Dulongs formula . Kuriakose and J. 6. Estimation of total hardness in water using EDTA. 11. Chemistry of Engineering and Technology volume I & II 15.
Lines. (iii) Cone and Cylinder (Only cases where the axes are perpendicular to each other and intersecting with or without offset. Various Soft wares for CAD. cone sphere. cylinder and cone (ii) Cut regular solids. cone.104 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS
INTRODUCTION: Introduction to technical drawing and its language. Projections of points and lines. MODULE II PROJECTION OF SOLIDS: Projection of simple solids such as prisms. DEVELOPMENT OF SURFACES: Development of surfaces of (i) simple solids like prisms. tetrahedron.) PERSPECTIVE PROJECTION: Principles of perspective projection. Determination of true length. inclination with planes of projection and traces of lines. Construction of ellipse: (i) Arc of circles method (ii) Rectangle method (ii) Concentric circles method. MODULE III ISOMETRIC PROJECTION: Isometric scale. Principles of Orthographic PROJECTION OF POINTS AND LINES: projection. definition of perspective terminology. Perspective projection of simple solids like prisms and pyramids in simple positions. pyramids. Epicycloid and Hypocycloid. perpendicular and inclined cutting planes. Construction of Tangent and Normal at any point on these curves MISCELLANEOUS CURVES: Construction of Cycloid. scaling of figures. (1 sheet practice) MODULE I PLAIN CURVES: Conic sections by eccentricity method. lettering. Construction of Tangent and Normal at any point on these curves Types of projections. SECTIONS OF SOLIDS: Types of cutting planes. General Note: (i) First angle projection to be followed
. Demonstration of any one CAD software. octahedron. Their projections and true shape of cut sections. Archimedian spiral. sphere and their auxiliary projections. Construction of hyperbola (i) Arc of circles method (ii) given ordinate. Logarithmic spiral and Helix. symbols and drawing instruments. dimensioning. Benefits of CAD. Involute of a circle. (i) Cylinder and cylinder (ii)Prism and prism. cylinder. abscissa and the transverse axis (iii) given the asymptotes and a point on the curve.L-T-P: 1-0-2
08. section of simple solids cut by parallel. cylinder. CAD: Introduction to CAD systems. pyramids. frustum of solids and also their combinations. Isometric view and projections of simple solids like prisms. pyramids. INTERSECTION OF SURFACES: Intersection of surfaces of two solids as given below. Construction of parabola (i) Rectangle method (ii) Tangent method.
Engineering Graphics 5. Engineering Graphics 6. K. (iii) Distribution of marks Module -I 2 x 16 = 32 Module -II 2 x 17 = 34 Module III 2 x 17 = 34
100 REFERENCES 1. except from CAD. N.C.(ii) Question paper shall contain 3 questions from each module. D.N.I. Engineering Drawing 3. Varghese. Engineering Drawing 7. Engineering Graphics
. K. Gopalakrishnan. Students are required to answer any two questions from each module. Fundamentals of Engineering Drawing 2. Gill. P. Thamaraselvi. Engineering Drawing and Graphics 4. P. Venugopal . Engineering Drawing 8. K.R. John. Luzadder and Duff . K.S. Bhatt . Engineering Graphics 9. Anil Kumar.
basic elements of a vibrating system – spring mass model – undamped free vibrations – angular free vibration – simple pendulum.centroid of composite areas. properties of couple. H. Forces in space. 2. Shames. REFERENCES: 1. motion of link.D’Alembert’s principle.types of beams . Relative velocity .Conditions of equilibriumMoment of a force.ladder friction. “Vector Mechanics for Engineers – Statics and Dynamics”.Elements of vector algebra Statics of rigid bodies-Classification of force systems. H. Prentice Hall Book Company. Momentum.Theorems of Pappus-GouldinusMoment of inertia of areas.Motion of connected bodies. MODULE II (20 HRS) Properties of surfaces. equations of equilibrium. Parallel and perpendicular axes theorems..types of loading.cone of friction. Friction-Laws of friction-angle of friction.Conditions of equilibrium. Pearson Education. New Delhi. 1966. Popov.Newton’s laws of translatory motion. motion of connecting rod and piston.Mass moment of inertia of rings. Tata Mc-Graw Hill Publishing Company Limited. Vector approach. 3.2007
. couple. “Mechanics of Solids”. method of resolution. Power and Energy . 2005. Dynamics: Kinematics-Combined motion of translation and rotation-instantaneous centre. Irving. MODULE III (20 HRS) Work.Resultant and Equilibrant of coplanar concurrent force systemsvarious analytical methods.Support reactions of simply supported and overhanging beams under different types of loading. Collision of elastic bodies-Law of conservation of momentum-Direct and oblique impact between elastic bodies and impact with fixed plane.. Centrifugal and centripetal forces – motion of vehicles on curved paths in horizontal and vertical planes – super elevation – stability of vehicles moving in curved paths (qualitative ideas only).D’Alembert’s principle in curvilinear motion.wedge friction.Resultant and equilibrant of coplanar non-concurrent force systems.Lami’s theorem. Beer & Johnston. solid discs and solid spheres (no derivations required)Angular momentum-Angular impulse. Equilibrium of rigid bodies-free body diagrams.Radius of Gyrationmoment of inertia of composite areas. “Engineering Mechanics”.(simple problems) Types of supports . Mc-Graw Hill –International Edition 4.principle of transmissibility of a forcecomposition and resolution. & Young D.Varignon’s theorem.105 ENGINEERING MECHANICS
MODULE I (20 HRS) Idealizations of Mechanics. Simple harmonic motion – vibration of mechanical systems .Motion of lift.L-T-P: 2-1-0
08. “Engineering Mechanics”. Timoshenko S.basic concepts-analysis of different types of problems Kinetics. wheel rolling without slipping. Curvilinear motion. Kinetics of rigid bodies under combined translatory and rotational motion – work – energy principle for rigid bodies.Work-Energy principle-Impulse.
Kumar K. New Delhi. 1998. (5 x 8 = 40) Part B – Three questions of 10 marks from each module. Vikas Publishing House Private Limited.Statics and Dynamics” .
.. Benjamin J. Tayal A K. “Engineering Mechanics”. 6. Delhi.2004 8. Umesh Publications. out of which two should be answered (10 x 2 x 3 = 60).. 5 marks each.5. “Engineering Mechanics. 2008 Note Question For University Examination:.Part A – 8 compulsory questions covering entire syllabus. & Sankarasubramanian G. New Delhi. Tata Mc-Graw Hill Publishing Company Limited. “Engineering Mechanics”. 2003. Rajasekaran S. Kollam.L. “Engineering Mechanics”.. Pentex Book Publishers and Distributors. 7.
PVC Sheet MODULE III Concrete: Ingredients. wood and steel surfaces. Levelling: Levelling instruments .Ranging out survey linesTaking measurements of sloping ground .stone masonry. ramps (brief description only). marble. Combined footing. particle boards & glass. Reinforced Cement Concrete (RCC)-advantages of RCC over Plain Cement Concrete. ceramic tiles.Tape correction (problems). Total Station & GPS (Brief description only) MODULE II Building construction: Selection of site for buildings . granite and synthetic materials.cement. Simpson’s rule (examples). sloping roof Concrete roof. and water. Aggregates – desirable qualities of fine and coarse aggregates Plain Cement Concrete (PCC): preparation-proportioning-mixing of concrete. tiled roof. Contour maps (Brief description only). initial and final setting times. Plumbing services. Selection of roof covering materials. brick masonry –Types. Compressive strength -IS Specifications.Components of buildings.desirable qualities of stone and brick. Safe Bearing Capacity of Soil: Importance of determination of the Safe Bearing Capacity of Soil (brief description only). Measurements in levelling . Elementary ideas on pre-cast and pre-stressed concrete constructions. Trapezoidal rule. windows & ventilators : Types . emulsion & distemper.106 BASIC CIVIL ENGINEERING
MODULE I Surveying: Object and Principles of Surveying. Building services – vertical transportation – stairs – types. average ordinate rule.materials used for the construction of doors and windows . Foundation: Different types .types of buildings .
. Tests on Cement . Mat foundation¸ Pile foundation (description only). Qualities of ingredients (brief description only). Doors.Tape & chain only .recording measurements in the field book .Mild Steel. holding the staff. HYSD Steel and their properties. Partition: Materials used for making partition .Level (Dumpy Level. Flooring: Types . Linear Measurements: Direct measurements . AC Sheet. Super structure: Masonry .Introduction to Distomat.Spread footing.consistency. Plastering: Mortar – properties .Principles of leveling .Errors .brief description of water supply and sewage disposal arrangements for residential buildings. Isolated footing.Preparation of Cement mortar Painting: Preparation of surfaces for painting .Temporary adjustments of a level. steel & Aluminium. aggregate. Roofing: Selection of type of roof -flat roof.wood. Steel-common types used in construction. Tilting Level ) Levelling Staff. GI Sheet .Mid ordinate rule.plastered.enamel.plywood.reduction of level height of collimation method only (simple examples). escalators and elevators.L-T-P: 2-1-0
08.mosaic tiles. reading the staff .Types of paint . Computation of areas .
“Surveying & Leveling” Vol. 1957 8.2004 6. “Fundamentals of Surveying” Prentice-Hall of India.N. Jha and Sinha. 10. Santha Minu. “Building Construction” . S.. B. 2001 4. 2004 3.REFERENCE: 1. Part II is to cover 3 modules.. 1990 7. “Building Construction”. – I. Rangwala.Charotar publishing house. Rangwala. Adler R. It contains 8 questions of 5 marks each. 2004 5. American Elsevier Publishing Company. Narayanan and Lalu Mangal . “Basic Civil Engineering” Karunya Publications. Vertical Transportation for Buildings. (20 X 3 = 60)
. Charotar Publishing House. Charotar Publishing House.. New Delhi. Moorthy.. Building Materials.K.“Water Supply and Sanitary Engineering”.1970 2.C Punmia.”Introduction to Civil Engineering”Phasor Books.Delhi.Trivandrum Note: The question paper will consists of two parts. Rangwala. Part I is Compulsory covering the entire syllabus. Part I and part II.. Modern Publishing House distributor.Kollam. “Construction and Technology” 9.. Laxmi publications(P) Ltd. There will be two questions (20 marks each) from each module out of which one from each module is to be answered. New York. for 40 marks. Roy.
single plate clutch. “Basic Mechanical Engineering” Note: Lectures are to be supplemented by demonstration in laboratories. thread cutting.
.reciprocating.reciprocating and centrifugal. Second law of thermodynamics. steam and hydraulic turbines.open and closed Elementary ideas of hydro electric. rope and gear drives-types. Note: The question paper will consist of two parts. Smith and Zuirys. MPFI. forging. “Engineering Thermodynamics” 2. “Fluid mechanics and machines” 8. soldering and brazing Machining processes. “Elements of Mechanical Engineering” 6. “Manufacturing processes” 4. gas turbine cycles.turning. application and advantages of C N C machine REFERENCES 1. Part I is to be compulsory for 40 marks. ignition system and governing system. Amstead. MODULE II Principles and fields of application of .general description of various systems using block diagrams – air system. pumps. First law. Manufacturing processes: Elementary ideas of casting. There can be 3 questions from each module (10 marks each) out of which 2 are to be answered. Vapor compression refrigeration system.concept of reversibility and entropy. Roy and Choudhary. p-v and T-s diagrams Air cycles: Carnot. comparison and fields of application-velocity ratio-slip (simple problems) friction disc. A brief description of CRDI. “Automobile Engineering” 5. Spalding and Cole. Comfort and Industrial air conditioning-typical window air conditioning unit (general description only).L-T-P: 2-1-0
08. Non conventional machining . shaping. gear trains (no derivations). welding. GDI and Hybrid Vehicles Steam boilers: Classification – Cochran boiler. CFC free refrigerants. Ostwald and Begeman. Babcock and Wilcox boiler. Gill.107 BASIC MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
MODULE I Thermodynamics : Basic concepts and definitions of Zeroth law. Otto and Diesel cycles-Air standard efficiency (simple problems) IC Engines: Working and comparison of two stroke and four stroke petrol and diesel engines . Crouse. fuel system. drilling. thermal and nuclear power plants Refrigeration & Air Conditioning: Refrigerants.compressors . J Benjamin.Electro discharge machining (EDM) and Electro chemical machining (ECM) Principle. centrifugal and jet pumps. rolling. “Workshop Technology” 7. This may contain 10 questions of 4 marks each. grinding. MODULE III Mechanical Power transmission systems: Belt. Benson boilerfluidized bed combustion. Part II is to cover 3 modules. “Fundamentals of IC Engines” 3. taper turning.impulse and reaction. R K Bensal. milling (simple sketches and short notes). Hajra Choudhary. blower.
LVDT REFERENCES 1.108 BASIC ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING L – T – P: 2-1-0 Credits: 6
MODULE – I Elementary concepts .rectangular polar and exponential forms. Rectifiers & power supplies .self and s mutual induction . Transducers – Resistance strain guage. RC and RLC series circuits.Kirchoffs laws . field strength.generation of alternating currents – waveforms frequency .plate and pipe earthing. Power devices – V – I characteristics and applications of SCR and Triac Working principle of UPS and SMPS.typical electrical power transmission scheme .phasor representation three wire and four wire systems. Tata McGraw Hill.need for high transmission voltage . circuit diagram & working of half-wave & full wave rectifier.generation of three phase voltage . V-I characteristics. principle of working and V-I characteristics of Zener diode. thermistor.active and reactive components. -fluorescent lamps.form factor.N. 2000.EMF equation .. Measurement of power in three phase circuits ( two wattmeter method).star and delta connection relation between phase and line values of voltage and current .PN junction diodes. Prentice Hall of India.
. Protective fuses. DP Kothari.Magnetic Circuits .08. MCBs. energy efficient lamps MODULE – III Diodes . Vdc. wind. Analysis of simple ac circuits – concept of impedance and admittance . principle of Photo diode. “Theory and Problems of Basic Electrical Engineering”. LJ Nagrath. Solution of RL. Lenz' law . wave and geothermal energy. Phasor representation of alternating quantities . & LED. final equations of Vrms. Renewable energy sources solar. Measurement of energy – working of 1-phase energy meter.statically induced and dynamically induced emf . 2. flux density.power and power factor in ac circuits .MMF.substations . Working of incandescent lamps.inductance.j notation . Review of electromagnetic induction Faradays laws. Working of simple zener voltage regulator. Three phase systems . dynamic & static resistance. “Basic Electrical Engineering”.substation equipments. reluctance – problems in series magnetic circuits. Primary and secondary transmission and distribution systems Different methods of wiring for LT installations. ELCBs and switches. principle of working of series inductor and shunt capacitor filters. Bulk transmission of electric power . ripple factor and peak inverse voltage in each case.block diagram description of a dc power supply. Earthing of installations .constructional details of single phase and three phase transformers Methods of bulk generation of electric power. MODULE – II Transformers . tidal. Alternating current fundamentals .average and rms values . Schematic layout of LT switchboards.hydroelectric.Principle of operation . thermal and nuclear power plants. V. 1990. Solar cell. Block schematic of layout of generating stations .period . Mitlle.necessity of earthing .phasor representation .
PU Guptha. Part-B is to cover 3 modules for 60 marks.
. Ernakulam. Edward Hughes. S Chand & Co. “A Basic Course in Electrical Engineering”.N. “Basic Electronics and Linear Circuits”. Asia 2003. New Delhi 1997 10. 1992. Pearson education. Dhanpath Rai & Sons. US Bhatnagar and A Chakrabarthy. Thereja. Rajath Publishers. Francis M Fernandez. Gopakumar.L. Devices and Applications”.Bhargava. 4. N. TP Imthias Ahmed.. “Electrical and Electronic Technology”. Phaser Books. Volume I. .S. Part – A is to be compulsory for 40 marks (10 questions of 4 marks each). “Introduction To Electronics and Communications”.. 9. Millman and Halkias. Kollam 7. 1992. 2002. “Introduction to Electrical Engineering”. Rashid. ML Soni. Rangan C. “A Text Book on Power System Engineering”. Note : The question paper will consist of two parts. Sarma G. Muhammad H.3. "Integrated Electronics: Analog and digital circuits and systems". “Power Electronic Circuits.. 5.One out of two or two out of four from each module).Phasor Books.V. Kollam 6. Tata McGraw Hill. and Mani V.R. Pearson Education. “A Text Book of Electrical Technology”. Premlet. B.S. (50% choice. 12. B. New Delhi. Tata McGraw Hill 11. McGraw-Hill Book Co 8. "Instrumentation Devices and Systems".
epitaxy. bandwidths. principle and block diagram of function generator. concepts of Single Mode and Multi Mode optical fiber. concepts of feedback. basic principles of cableTV. unit process: oxidation. (4 hrs) (e) Satellite communication: microwave frequency bands. realization of logic functions. input & output resistances and applications. principle of AM &FM demodulation. B. principle of Global Positioning System(GPS). advantages of satellite communication. analog and digital ICs. typical doping. (3 hrs) (f) Optical communication: block diagram of the optical communication system. (3 hrs) (c) Amplifiers & Oscillators: circuit diagram & working of common emitter amplifier. measurements using CRO. frequency response. crystal growth. (5 hrs) (d) Radar and navigation: principle of radar and radar equation. factors affecting range.principle &block diagram of super heterodyne receiver. comparison of AM & FM. principle of light transmission through fiber. working principle of source (semiconductor Laser) & detector ( PIN. advantages of optical communication. block diagrams of AM & FM transmitters. current gain of each. (4 hrs) (e) Digital ICs:logic gates. need of proper biasing. working principle of CRT. concept of geo-stationary satellite. working of NPN transistor.use as inverting amplifier. block schematics of pulsed radar. basic principles of HDTV. block diagram of CRO. satellite transponder. (6 hrs) (b) Field effect Transistors : basic principles of JFET. functional block diagram of operational amplifier. frequency bands used. comparison with BJT. deposition. principle of digital storage oscilloscope. (4 hrs) MODULE 2 (Qualitative Treatment) (a) Measurements: principle and block diagram of analog and digital multimeter. photolithography. wave forms. (5 hrs)
. circuit diagram & working of RC phase shift oscillator (7 hrs) (d) Integrated circuits: advantages of ICs. basic principles of LCD & Plasma displays.APD). diffusion. summing amplifier. wafer preparation. CCTV system. voltage gain and 3dB bandwidth.interlaced scanning. applications of radar in measurements and navigation. ion implantation. block diagram of earth station transmitter & receiver.08. logic families: TTL and CMOS Logic (No internal diagram) (4 hrs) (f) IC fabrication: purification of silicon. integrator and comparator. input & output characteristics of common emitter configuration. function of each component in the circuit. circuit diagram & working of push pull amplifiers. (5hrs) (b) Radio communication: principle of AM & FM. concepts of common base. common emitter & common collector configurations. AB and Class C power amplifiers.109 BASIC COMMUNICATION AND INFORMATION ENGINEERING L – T – P: 2-1-0
MODULE 1(Qualitative Treatment) (a) Bipolar junction transistors: NPN & PNP transistors. non inverting amplifier. MESFET and MOSFET. flip flop (JK). concepts of class A. principle of combinational and sequential logic circuits. structure. comparison of three configurations with reference to voltage & current gain. (4 hrs) (c) Color television: TV Standards. block diagram of PAL TV transmitter & receiver. working principles of oscillators. ideal operational amplifier.
David A. William Stallings.D C Kulshreshtha. internetworking concepts. Computer Architecture.of Electronics and Communication in the Colleges. PHI 5. PHI 2. Introduction to Information Technology. communication protocols. M. Introduction to Electronics & Communication . principle and block diagram of GSM.Frenzel. 5th edition. FSK. PHI . network security. Monochrome and Colour Television.ASK.principle of CDMA. PCM . parity checking.Firewall.XML.TCP/IP. This shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. basic concepts of error detection .R. TMH 3. K Gopakumar. (6hrs) (c) Mobile communication: basic principles of cellular communications. 2008. TMH 8. digitization of wave forms.WAN &World wide web. Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements. (4hrs) (d) Internet Technology: concepts of networking: client . N N Bhargava. Pearson Education [Module 1(f)] 6. Part II is to cover 3 modules.
. Bell.S C Gupta. Neil H E Weste.modem. Part I is to cover the entire syllabus. domain names. Gulati. 3rd edition.data path and control. Introduction to web languages-HTML .Phasor Publisher’s.MODULE 3 (Qualitative Treatment) (a) Computer Architecture: functional units: basic concept of ALU. analog and digital data transmission. IP addresses. transmission media. 2008 9. and carries 40 marks.circuit switching and packet switching. LAN.[Module 2(a)] 7. Principles of CMOS VLSI design – A system perspective. network devices. microprocessors . Question Paper The question paper shall consist of two parts. Pearson Education. PSK. Basic Electronics & Linear Circuits. R.server computing. Wireless Communications and Networks. (7 hrs) REFERENCES 1. memory hierarchy. and carries 60 marks.Moris Mano. There shall be 3 questions from each module (10 marks each) out of which 2 are to be answered. New Age International [Module 2 (c)] 10. Circuits and IT fundamentals.basic principles of router. network topologies. switching technologies. switch. bridge. operating systems.functional block diagram of 8085 (9 hrs) (b) Data communication: overview. network interface unit ..Kamran Eshraghian. digital modulation techniques. caches. Santiram Kal. Louis. frequency reuse. concepts of cells. virtual memory. Principles of Electronic Communication Systems.E. Pearson Education. ITL Education Solution Ltd. Basic Electronics – Devices. WLL & GPRS technologies.MAN.Kollam This subject shall be handled by faculty of Dept. main memory. 4.
D and E only. Preparation of sand. Carpentry: Study of tools and joints. Joints – Cross joint. Straight line practices. T joint and Lap joint. E: Foundry: Study of tools. Plumbing: Study of tools. D. cutting. Study of pipe joints. H: Machine Tools: Study and demonstration on working of machine tools. Use of special tools in plumbing work. T bolt and Eye bolt. C.
. chiseling. trays and containers. threading and laying of pipes with different fittings using PVC pipes. Dove tail joint. frustums. G: Smithy: Study of tools. Lathe and Drilling machine. Making of Butt joint. Stepped joints. F. Demonstration on forging of square prism. drilling and tapping. T joint.08. NOTE: For the university examination the student shall be examined in sections A. marking and sawing. cutting. Practice in filing. moulding practice and demonstration of casting. Welding: Study of welding machines. B. Male and female joints. Selection of different gauge GI sheets for jobs. Details of plumbing work in domestic and industrial applications. 0-0-2 Credits: 6
A. hexagonal bolt. Practice on riveted joints. Practice in planning. C: Sheet Metal Work: Study of tools. B. Preparing tube joints.110 ENGINEERING WORKSHOPS
L-T-P/D. Fitting: Study of tools.
Advanced Engineering Mathematics. 2. 301 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS II
L-T-P/D. Part A ( 40 marks) Ten compulsory questions of 4 marks each. 5.08.
. Module II Fourier series: Fourier series of periodic functions of period 2 and 2l. properties Module III Partial differential equations: Formationof PDE. Higher Engineering Mathematics. 3.Each question carries 20 marks. Solution of Lagranges linear equation.Volume of solids. inverse Fourier transforms. 3-1-0 (CMPUNERFHBTA)
Module I Multiple Integrals: Double Integrals (Cartisian only). Pearson Note: The question paper shall consists of two parts.Stokes theorem and Gauss divergence theorem (no proof). Half range expansions. 8th Wiley Eastern. Khanna Publishers. Part B ( 60 marks) Student must answer one out of two from each module . Tata Mc Graw Hill. Peter O Neil. Vector integration: Line and surface and volume integrals. References 1. solution by seperation of variables. Kreyszig. Boundary value problems in one dimensional Wave and Heat equations. B.Grewal. Greens theorem in the plane. First order nonlinear equations-standard forms -Homogeneous PDE with constant coefficients. Advanced Engineering Mathematics. Higher Engineering Mathematics. Area enclosed by plane curves.Ramana.Triple integrals. Odd and even functions.Change of order of integration.V.S. Dirichlet’s condition for convergence. 4.Fourier sine and cosine transforms . Application of PDE: Derivation of one dimensional Wave and Heat equations. Michel D Greenberg. Advanced Engineering Mathematics. B. Fourier Transforms: Fourier integral theorem(no proof)-Fourier transforms.
Introduction to Accounting packages (Description only) References : 1.Keeping-rules for journalizing -Ledger accounts –Cash book-Banking transactions – Trial Balance. Himalaya publishing House.ACCOUNTANCY (1 Period per week) Module III Book. Part – I Economics Part A – 30 Marks (short answers) covering entire syllabus (3x10=30) Part B – 40 marks (50% choice one out of two or two out of four from each module) Part – II Accountancy Three questions covering entire syllabus out of which two questions has to be answered (2x15=30)
. Varian – Intermediate Micro Economics 7. Stock Market and present scenario – Industrial sector past and present – Industry Analysis – Electronics – Chemical – Automobile – FMCG Industry.P. Michael – Todaro.M. Environment and Development – Basic Issues – Sustainable Development and Environmental Accounting – Population – Resources and the Environment – Poverty and the Environment – Growth versus the Environment – The Global Environment . A Systematic approach to Accounting: Dr K. Mohinder Kumar Sharma _ Business Environment in India 4.M Sundaran – Indian Economy 6.ECONOMICS (2 periods per week)
Module – I Definition of Economics – Basic Concepts Goods – Choice of techniques – Production possibility curve National Income concepts . International Trade and Public Finance.the journal proper (simple problems). K. 3. D. Modern Economic theory 2. Tertiary Sector – Significance of Money. 5.Balance sheet (with simple problems) . New Delhi. 302 HUMANITIES
L-T-P/D. India’s Economic crisis in 1991 – New economic policy – Global Financial meltdown in 2008 – Applicability of Keynesian Theory to UDC’S. Mithani-Money.08.G. Koutsiannis (second Edition) Micro Economics 8. Economic Development Addison Wesley Longman Ltd. Double Entry book Keeping – Batliboi 9.Method of Balancing accounts.GNP – GDP – NNP – Per Capita Income – Three Sectors of the Economy – Primary – Secondary. Chandrasekharan Nair University question Note: Part I and Part II to be answers in separate answer books. 3-0-0
PART I. Meaning of Demand and Supply – Types of demand – Determinants of Demand – Demand forecasting.Keeping and Accountancy -Elements of Double Entry -Book. Rudder Dutt and K. PART II .K Dewett. Hal R. Final accounts: Preparation of trading and profit and loss Account. Production function – Law of Variable proportion – Returns to scale Least cost combination of inputs – Cost concepts – Cost output relationship Module -II Inflation – causes of inflation – measures to control inflation – Demand – Pull inflation – cost push inflation – effects of Inflation – effects of inflations comparison between inflation and deflation. Banking.
viscosity. Performance characteristics-multistage pumps-selection of pumps-pumping devices-hydraulic ram jet pumps.Losses at entry.Francis Turbine – Constructional features – Velocity triangles. vane pump and lobe pump. Turbulent flow through pipes. Continuity equation. Dimensional analysis : Rayleigh method.Pitot tube and Pitot –static tube. Robert W.Velocity triangles – Euler’s equation – Speed ratio. head loss due to friction. Chezy’s formula . gear pumps. dynamic.Poiseuille equation. siphon effect. Theory and applications of fluid mechanics. efficiency and losses. Flow through pipes: Reynolds experiment. Bernoulli’s equation. casings –manometric head. Hydraulic Turbines : Impulse and Reaction Turbines – Pelton Wheel – Constructional features . rate of shear strain. branching of pipes. Newtonian and nonNewtonian fluids. K. (TMH) 4. Eulers equation. static and total head. H. workdone and efficiencies – Axial flow turbine (Kaplan ) Constructional features – Velocity triangles. forced and spiral vortex flows. Fluid mechanics and Hydraulic machines 7. Hydraulic Machines
. Jagadish Lal. surface tension. design of Pelton wheel – Inward and outward flow reaction turbines.work done and efficiencies – Characteristic curves of turbines – theory of draft tubes – surge tanks – Cavitation in turbines – Governing of turbines – Specific speed of turbine . Fox.work. priming. Type Number– Characteristic curves.pressure.08. 2.Density. Newton’s law of viscosity. Mechanics of fluids 6. Pascal’s Law. Atmospheric pressure. sudden expansion and sudden contractions. Buckingham theorem – Dimensionless numbers Similarity Laws – Shape numbers – Impeller shapes based on shape numbers References : 1. R K Bansal. incompressible and compressible fluids.Piezo meter.Velocity measurements. Specific weight. exit. friction factor. Introduction to fluid dynamics. Mody’s chart. Fluid Mechanics.effect of acceleration and friction on indicator diagram – multi cylinder pumps. I. manometers.slip negative slip and work required and efficiency. Compound pipes. velocity. F. similarity and model testing-selection of water turbines for power plants. Notches and Weirs (description only for notches and weirs). Douglas. Gauge pressure and Absolute pressure.weisbach equation. Rotary motion of liquids – free. Laminar and Turbulent flow. head . specific speed. scale Laws – Unit speed – Unit discharge and unit power Module –III Positive displacement pumps. Practical applications: Flow rate measurements. Darcy.indicator diagram.Venturi and Orifce meters. J. real and ideal fluids. John Wiley and sons 3. Energies in flowing fluid. pressure gauges. Pressure at a point in a fluid. Hagen. water hammer Transmission of power through pipes (simple problems) Module – II Impact of jets: Stationary and moving vanes – Flat and curved vanes – Series of vanes work done and efficiency.reciprocating pump – air vessels and their purposes – separation and cavitation . bulk modulus. Shames.303 FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINES L-T-D: 4-1-0 (MPU)
Module – I Properties of fluid . Pearson education.rotodynamic pumpscentrifugal pump impeller. Subrahmanya. jet ratio & work done . Measurement of pressure . Reynolds number. compressibility. losses and efficiencies.
8. Fluid Mechanics.Rajput. John M Cimbala. covering the entire syllabus ( 10 x 4 = 40 ) Part – B shall contain 2 questions from each module. 11. 10.A & PART – B Part – A shall contain 10 compulsory short answer type questions of 4 marks each.
R. 12. Hydraulics & Hydraulic Machines Modi & Seth. N. Fluid Mechanics & Machines . Each question carries 20 marks. Hydraulic Machines D S Kumar. PART. Fluid flow mechanics Yunus A Cengel.
. Student has to answer three full questions selecting one from each module (3x 20 = 60 ). Standard Publishers.K. 9. Tata McGraw-Hill
Note The question paper shall contain two parts. S Govinda Rao.
08. Strength of Materials Timoshenko S. relationship between elastic constants. CBS Publishers & Distributors. New Delhi. members with varying cross section. circular and I sections. Direct and bending stress – short columns – core of section Crippling load-Eulers equation.. concept of strain.deflection differential equation.Macaulay’s method. Module II Shear force and bending moment diagrams– cantilever. modulus of rigidity. deformation of axially loaded bars.PHI Timoshenko. bulk modulus of elasticity. Analysis of pin-jointed plane perfect frames by the method of joints. load. modulus of elasticity. Tata McGraw-Hill Note: University question paper consists of two parts Part A – 40 Marks (8 compulsory questions of 5 marks each to cover the entire syllabus) Part B – 60 marks ( 50% Choice.gradually and suddenly applied impact loads. Stress transformation (2D only) principal stress and Mohr’s circle. One out of Two from each module) 1 2 3 4
. Advanced Mechanics of Solids. thermal stress.S. Strain energy due to axial loads. and J. generalised Hooke’s law. Mechanics of structures Vol I & II Egor P Popov. composite bars. volumetric strain.304 MECHANICS OF SOLIDS
Credits : 4
Concept of stress – normal stress and shear stress. computation of slope and deflection of simply supported and cantilever beams. Slope and deflection of beams. Concept of stress and strain tensor. New Delhi. normal strain and shear strain. Theory of simple bending-bending stress and shear stress distribution-rectangular. Strength of materials. Gere. Engineering Mechanics of solids. definition of plane stress. 5 Singh G.B. Ane Books India. Poisson’s ratio. Thin cylinders and shells subjected to internal and external pressures – thick cylinders and spherical shellsLame’s equation – compound cylinders. References : S. simply supported and over hanging beams-concentrated and UD loads. Saint-Venant’s Principle and stress concentration. lateral strain. principle of superposition. Mechanics of Materials.P. constitutive relation. plane strain and examples.Junarkar. D. Hooke’s law. Module III Torsion of circular shafts-solid and hollow shafts-power transmitted by shafts. Srinath.M. 6 L.
Vapour refrigeration cycle-layout.General Heat Conduction Equation in Cartesian and Polar Coordinates. Convection. COP. wet and superheated cycle. psychometric chart.Classifications-open closed and semi closed cycle and working cycles. Radiation-Stefan Boltzman law. Buckingham’s Π theorem and its application to Natural and forced convection heat transfer. Grey body – Kirchoffs law.P . reheating-. work output. simple saturated cycle. Fans and Blowers-classification. Fourier law of heat conduction.
Credits : 4
.R. absorptivity. Unit. 6. work done.. condenser. emissivity. effect of sub cooling and superheatingLiquid suction heat exchanger.classifications.Layout.L Ballaney Refrigeration & Air conditioning.D. working. Air conditioning. Heat exchangers-Classification-Parallel flow. effect of variation in pressure. Analysis of Heat Exchangers –LMTD and NTU methods Module II Compressors-Classifications. Thermal Engineering. 305 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Module I Heat transfer. method of improving COP. Log mean area. PART. evaporator. Pearson Education. Rotary compressors. reciprocating compressor-p-v diagram. effect of intercooling. effect of clearance. hollow spheres and their composites. the factors influencing the load calculation. Radiation heat transfer between infinite parallel plates. optimum pressure ratio. 4. overall heat transfer coefficient. volumetric efficiency and free air delivered (FAD).Newton law of cooling. Concept of black body. T-s and p-h diagram. C. hollow cylinder.P Arora Fundamentals of engineering Heat and Mass Transfer.psychrometry-basic definitions. reflectivity and transmissivity.C. Air cycles-reversed Carnot cycle. counter flow. Bell Coleman cycle. Sachdeva Heat Transfer . 2. One-dimensional conduction through plane wall. effect of regeneration. efficiencies. T. Load Calculation in air conditioning systems. 3. Rajput. Note The question paper shall contain two parts. psychometric processproblems. Critical radius and its significance. Reference: Thermal Engineering.08. emissive power. Absorption refrigeration.Eastop and A McConkay. heat transfer coefficient. two stage compression. 5.Ammonia –water system and Electrolex system. working and field of applications (description only) Gas turbines.Modes of heat transfer. Factors affecting conductivity. efficiency.A & PART – B 1. variation of temperature. thermal conductivity and thermal resistance.J P Holman Applied Thermo Dynamics for Engineering. Module III Refrigeration-Definition. intercooling.
covering the entire syllabus ( 10 x 4 = 40 ) Part – B shall contain 2 questions from each module.Part – A shall contain 10 compulsory short answer type questions of 4 marks each.
. Student has to answer three full questions selecting one from each module (3x 20 = 60 ). Each question carries 20 marks.
R. References: 1. 3. 306 ENGINEERING DRAWING
PART . single strap and double strap).08. The first question is from module-1 which carries 20 marks. P. References: 1. Pipe joints: Sectional drawings of Cast Iron Flanged joint.Gill. Riveted Joints – Lap (chain and zigzag with multiple rows). Rigid flange couplings. University examination duration – 4 hours Part A and Part B are to be answered in separate answer books Part A (50 marks) The question paper shall contain 2 questions. P. types of sectional views. Bushed Pin flexible coupling. Building drawing and detailing. forms of rivet heads. Single plate clutch and Cone friction clutch.Varghese.S. 3. It contains 3 sub divisions and any 2 has to be answered. Parkinson. 2. Module-2 Dimensioned drawing: Hexagonal and square headed bolt with nut. factory building with steel trusses for small scale industries. foundation bolts. Dimensioned drawing which is a compulsory question and carries 30 marks. single storied and two storied). Machine Drawing 4. Balagopal. Knuckle Joint.Prabhu.A
Machine Drawing 0-0-2
Credits : 5
Conversion of pictorial views into Orthographic views – Sectional views.I. quantity estimation and cost estimation of building such as residential building and factory buildings. Module II Estimating: Principles of estimation. Hydraulic joint and Union Joint. Estimating and Costing in Civil Engineering.. Machine Drawing.N. The second question is from Module 2. Drawing & Estimation Module I Drawing : Principles of building drawing. Dutta B. butt joints (chain and zigzag with multiple rows. N. Plummer block. Conventions-Dimensioning techniques.D.. Module I carries 30 marks and module II carries 20 marks. Chakrabarti M. Estimating and Costing in Civil Engineering. Sectional drawings of Socket and spigot joint. different types of keys. 1-0-2
. Machine Drawing 2. Part B (50 marks) The question paper shall contain 2 questions from each module and one has to be answered from each. Machine Drawing PART – B Civil Engg.S. Pipe joint-socket and spigot. BIS standards Module-1 Free hand sketching: Screw thread forms and conventional representations.Vincent Paul. (2x10=20 marks). residential building (RCC and tiled roof. Bhatt. preparation of drawing of buildings such as office building. lock nuts.
308 FLUID MECHANICS LAB
L-T-D: 0-0-2 Credits : 2
1. Duration: 3 hrs. Bending test on Wood 9. Spring test (Open and closed coiled ) 8. Study of pumps. stop valve. Determination of Moment of Inertia of Rotating Bodies 10. 4. Torsion test on MS Rod 4. Chain Surveying and Levelling ( 4hrs only. 3.centrifugal – reciprocating. 7. manometers. gauges and valves . 6. 2. Izod and Charpy Impact tests 6. vacuum gauge. Performance test on Impulse and Reaction turbines
. gate valve and foot valve. No examination for chain surveying and levelling. Aluminium and Brass wire 5. Hydraulic coefficient of a circular orifice.L-T-D: 0-0-2
08. venturi meters and orifice meters.307 CIVIL ENGINEERING LAB
Credits : 2
Experiments 1. Study of Turbines. Coefficient of discharge and calibration of Notches. Performance test on Rotodynamic and Positive displacement pumps 8. Determination of coefficient and discharge of an orifice by the time of emptying method and Constant head method. Determination of Darcy’s coefficients.pressure gauge. Determination of metacentric height and Centre of pressure of floating bodies. Hardness test (Brinell Hardness & Rockwell Hardness) 7.) Scheme of Examination:Exam. flow measuring equipments-water meters-venturi meter-orifice meter-current meter. Shear test on MS Rod 3.
08. High carbon steel and Cast Iron specimens 2.impact and reaction types. 5. Study of meters. Test on Mild Steel. Torsion test using Torsion Pendulum on MS. but viva shall be asked.
V Ramana. Higher Engineering Mathematics. Advanced Engineering Mathematics.401 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS III
L-T-P/D. Examination Duration: 3 hours Note: The question paper shall consists of two parts.Newton.Cauchy’s integral theorem-Cauchy’s integral formula. 2. S. 5. Weiley Eastern. cosθ ) dθ .) References: 1.
f (x ) dx with no poles of
f (z )
0 on the real axis (proof of theorems not required) Module III Numerical Techniques:Errors in numerical computation-solution of algebraic and transcendental equations by bisection method. Numerical Methods with programming. Greenberg.08. Trapezoidal and Simpson’s rule. Eulers method. Part A ( 40 marks) Ten compulsory questions of 4 marks each. 4. Higher Engineering Mathematics. Erwin Kreizig.Numerical integration.Each question carries 20 marks. w=z2 .Ramachandran. Thomson Pub.Bilinear transformation Module II Complex Integration:Line integral. Introductory methods of numerical analysis. Milne Thomson method Conformal mapping:The Transformations w=1/ z .w=cos z . Analytic functions-Cauchy Reimann equations in Cartesian form (proof of necessary part only) properties of analytic functions-harmonic functions. w=z+1/ z . B. O’neil. Evaluation of real definite integrals2
f (sin θ . 3-1-0
Complex Differentiation: Limits . w=sin z .Raphson method. 7. Peter v. Power series-radius of convergence-Taylors and Laurents series-zeros and singularities – Residues and residue theorem. Solution linear systems by Gauss elimination and Gauss-Seidal method. Advanced Engineering Mathematics.Sastry. Advanced Engineering Mathematics. Tata Mc Graw hill. Part B ( 60 marks) Student must answer one out of two from each module . Lagranges interpolation formula. Khanna Publishers. 6.
. 3. Newtons forward and backward interpolation formula. Pearson.Numerical solutionof ODE Taylor series method.Runge Kutta methods(derivation of formulae not required for the above methods.Veerarajan and T.S Grewal. regula false method.continuity and differentiation of complex functions. B. C T.S.
base class and derived class. Learning C++. Simple problems using the above features. Pearson Education. array and pointer. Object oriented Programming with ANSI & Turbo C++. Introduction to C++: Structure of C++ program. member access. TataMcgraw Hill. character. if-else. 2. constructor and destructor. conditional. Gerald and P. Inheritance. C++ Primer. Interpolation – Newton’s Divided difference. 4. pointers. fstream. data members. Part – B shall contain 2 questions from each module. Nagler. Each question carries 20 marks. predefined classes. 7. function over loading. Part – A shall contain 10 compulsory short answer type questions of 4 marks each. E. Nabajyothi barkakati. Numerical problems and preparation of computer programs for the above methods References : 1.inline functions. Functions with default arguments. Kamthane. Numerical Methods.402 COMPUTER PROGRAMMING & NUMERICAL METHODS
L-T-P/D. boolean.Algorithm and flow chart. covering the entire syllabus ( 10 x 4 = 40 ). arithmetic. recursion. class flies. Functions. Aitken. Input and output streams. Pearson Education. relational. Key words. private & public member function. Object Oriented Programming in C++ . Lippman and Josee Lajoie. Escape sequences.
. Applied Numerical Analysis . 6.Wheatley. Object Oriented Programming with C++. Simple programs using above features. 5.ifstream. Control statements -if. ofstream . Hermite and Spline techniques. increment & decrement. break and continue statements. sizeof. declaration statements. logical. Basics of procedure oriented and object oriented programming. enumeration. while. member function. string. Prentice Hall. Student has to answer three full questions selecting one each from module. Statements – simple & compound. Operators – assignment. Identifiers.F. 3-1-0
Module – I Introduction to Computer programming concept . real. Solution of Partial differential equations – classification – Laplace equation – Finite difference methods – relaxation methods. TataMcgraw Hill. Jaico publications. Balaguruswamy. A Hands on Approach. Ashok M. 3. Module –II Introduction to Class and Object. switch. C. Input/output stream libray .O.definition. Stability and convergence of solution. comma and bitwise operators.08. Curve fitting – method of least squares – non-linear relationships – Correlation and Regression – Linear correlation – measures of correlation – Standard error of estimate – coefficient of correlation. class objects. Pearson Education. The question paper shall contain two parts (Part A and Part B). dowhile. (3x 20 = 60 ). friend declaration. Operator overloading. Lagrange. initialization. Constant and Variables. Arrays – one dimensional & two dimensional. Stanley B. Module-III Errors and approximations – floating point arithmetic – sources of errors – control of errors – propagation of errors – condition and stability – Rate of convergence. for loop. Data types – integer.Inverse interpolation. Balaguruswamy.
Nuclear. Super conductivity and Super plasticity of materials. Elements of Materials Science. Thermal.K. William D.K.S. Brittle fracture. Advanced Material Science.II. Theory of alloys. Dieter. Introduction of Engineering materials. Plasma spraying. 4. allotropy and polymorphism. Nano materials. Frank-Read source.Lakhtin. Elastic and Plastic deformation of metals. Titanium and its alloys. Metallic bonds. Properties. De-lamination theory. Cynading. 403 METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE
L-T-P/D : 3-1-0
Credits : 4
Classification of engineering materials-selection of materials with reference to properties. Critical cooling rate. Indroduction to Material Science. Part B – 60 Marks (50 % choice.K. atomic packing factor. Case Hardening. Twinning. C. 2. Griffith’s crack theory. 9.Richards. imperfections in crystals. Tata McGraw Hill. 6. Carburising. Peritectic and peritectoid reactions. Gibb’phase rule. Ductile fracture. Serope Kalpakjain et al. PVD. Creep mechanism. Nitriding. Y.III. Material Science Vol-I. service and economic considerations. Fick’s Laws. Eutectoid. Dielectric properties. Heat treatment processes. Manufacuring Engg and Technology. B. crystal structure.Callister. Introduction to Ceramics. Solid solutions. Impact test. Properties. Engineering Material Science. Hardenability tests.IV. Material Science and Engineering.K.Agrawal. Surface treatments. Mechanical Metallurgy. space lattice. composition and uses of various types of Cast Iron and Steels . Energy balance approach. deformation temperature. 10. 8.08.Rajput. Effects of various alloying elements. R. Equilibrium diagrams-Construction and uses-Equilibrium diagram of binary alloys: Eutectic. Significance of fracture mechanics. Note: Question paper shall consist of 2 parts. Dislocation. types of unit cells. 3. Recrystalisation and Grain Growth. Fatigue crack growth. Strain hardening. R. Recovery. Smart materials. Fatigue mechanism. L.Van Wlanck. Iron-Carbon Equilibrium diagram. Module III Testing of materials-Tensile and Compression test. Hume Rothery’s rule. Slip.K. Precipitation hardening. Module II Diffusion mechanism. co-ordination number.W. Isothermal TTT diagrams.Sharma. D-Gun spraying. Thermal spraying.Induction hardening. 7. Aluminum. Electrical. Composites. CVD.W. 5. Factors affecting plastic deformation. Part A – Compulsory short answer questions of 4 marks each covering the entire syllabus (10x4=40 marks). one out of two from each module)
.Effect of various alloying elements. Wulff-Series. Ductile-brittle transition in steels. References : 1. Miller indices. Engg Physical Metallurgy. Factors leading to crack formation. Magnetic. composition and uses of Copper. John Wiley. Physical Mechanical.Kataria &Sons. Critical shear stress.Dogra & A..
gating system. Tata McGrawHill.N. 2. upset forging. Lal Metal Process engineering. Drawing of rods. characteristic forged products.08. properties and ingredients of core sand. pattern design. Manufacturing Technology – Foundry. Rolling mills and their classification. drop forging. CO2 process. Precision investment casting. forging process. methods and applications. press forging. Lindberg. Expandable pattern casting (lost form). Pearson Education. Poulukhin Processes and Materials of Manufacture. ASM metal Hand Book
Note: Question paper shall consist of 2 parts. HERF –Explosive forming. riser shake. Extrusion: process. 7. Press working. Reference: 1. sand conditioning and reclamation. shell moulding. pattern allowances. drawing and squeezing application. die casting alloys. 8. one out of two from each module)
. Sand testing methods. gating ratio. Solidification of castings: mechanism of dentritic growth. Part A – Compulsory short answer questions of 4 marks each covering the entire syllabus (10x4=40 marks). P. centrifugal casting. solidification rate and time. types of sand moulding and moulding sand. Forming and Welding. Chvorinov’s rule. die casting. Principles of manufacturing materials and process. Riser design. ingredients and the properties of moulding sand. bending. Roll passes. 6. Module II Special casting process: Permanent mould casting. Electromagnetic forming Module III Forging: Classification of forging. wires and tubes. Core making: types.Rao. 5. wheel and tyre. Serope Kalpakjian and Steven R Schmid. pattern materials. Semi-finished and finished roll products. types of pattern. smith forging. Pearson Education Manufacturing Engineering and Technology. Forging dies. Hydro forming. Campbell Production technology. size and location. 4. Processes and applications of metal spinning and stretch forming processes. Part B – 60 Marks (50 % choice. forging defects. Gating and risering: functions of gating and risering system. Sand moulding procedure. 3. Defects in rolling special products like tube. 404
L-T-P/D : 2-1-0
PRODUCTION PROCESS –I
Credits : 3
General introduction to classification of production process: Foundry: Pattern making. Casting defects: causes and remedies. forging hammer and forging press. Roy A. process involving shearing. Rolling: Principles of metal rolling. Jain and Gupta Foundry technology. design of sprue.
2 2. Thread grinding. turning time calculations. operations. applications and essential difference from engine lathe. A. Work shop Technology Part 3 6. examples of work done. indexing-simple. plain. Drilling machinestypes and specifications. Module.types and specifications.II Shaping. types of milling cutters. Types of lathes . and slotting machines . Pearson education
Note: Question paper shall consist of 2 parts. Reference : 1. work and tool holding devices. Milling of spur and helical gears. centreless grinding and surface grinding operations. drives adopted and tools used. drilling tool nomenclature. Lathes: Engine Lathes – specification-general study of main parts and tool and work holding devices.Cutting speed and feeds. J. -W. one out of two from each module)
. main parts and functions. Turret. Cutting action of grinding wheels. boring machines.main parts and functions.Richard R Kibbe. profile grinding. Machine Tool Practices -Hajre Chaudhery -HMT -R. work and tool holding devices. milling operations. planning. Honing and lapping. Module.main parts and functions. deep hole drilling. compound and differential. Champonen . Boring machines. Processes and material manufacture 5. reaming. Machine Tools Vol. K. speed and feed for turning. operations. Part A – Compulsory short answer questions of 4 marks each covering the entire syllabus (10x4=40 marks). Production Technology 3.their working principles. operations.08 .specifications.coolants used-Factors governing wheel selectionblocking and dressing. 405
L-T-P/D : 3-1-0
MACHINE TOOLS – I
Credits : 4
Module.III Milling machines. Copying. tool and cutter grinders. Pearson Education. main parts and functions. main parts and functions.Capstan. Grinding machines. Jain -Roy A Lindburg. Part B – 60 Marks (50 % choice. Production Technology 4.I
Introduction to metal removal process – types of machine tools. Automatic and semi-automatic lathes . lathe operations and cutting tools used. cylindrical grinding.
. Parkinson 5. Bhatt 2. Machine Drawing . screw jack. Note: The question paper shall contain 2 questions. N. I.S. Surface texture.08. tool post.Varghese 3.406
L-T-P/D : 0-0-4
Credits : 4
Information to be furnished in drawings. Machine parts .Stop valve for boilers. P. surface treatment.Fits and Tolerances. IS specifications. Tool head for shaping machine. Geometric tolerance and its indications on drawing.D. Plummer block and foot step bearing. Machine Drawing. spindle. The first question is from Module-1 and shall contain 3 sub divisions out of which 2 to be answered (2x10=20marks). The second question is from Module-2 carries 80 marks and is a compulsory question. P. Machine Drawing. indication of production method.Lathe tail stock. Bench vice and Machine vice. Engine parts – Piston and Connecting Rod.Gill 4. Machine Drawing. Machine Drawing. form tolerance and position tolerance.C.I. Module-2 Assembly and working drawing (Part drawing). Valve . Reference 1. ND Junnarkar.Shaft bearing and supports – Pedestal bearings.indication of surface roughness. Ramsbottom safety valve and lever safety valve.
Determination of flash and fire points of petroleum products 5.all systems and parts b) Petrol engines . Flue gas analysis method iii. liquid and gaseous fuels using Bomb calorimeter and Gas Calorimeter 7. Drilling machines: .C engines :a) Diesel engines . Lathe: Study of tools and accessories. exercise on shaping flat surfaces and V-groove 3. 408
L-T-P/D : 0-0-3
MACHINE TOOLS LAB
Credits : 3
1. Experiment on I C Engines a) Load test to obtain performance curves based on B.M. exercise on drilling machines.
.P and B. Study of pollution testing equipment and flue gas analyser 3.E. Volumetric efficiency method c) Valve timing diagram d) Economic speed test e) Best cooling water Temperature test f) Retardation test g) Volumetric efficiency and Air-fuel ratio test 8.
08. 407 ME LAB
Credits : 3
1. Heat exchanger method ii.P b) Heat Balance test i. Study of I.L-T-D: 0-0-3
08.all systems and parts 2. Determination of calorific value of solid. 2. Morse test on petrol engine. Shaping Machines: Study of tools and accessories. groove (ball and cup) and thread cutting. Repairing of I C engines – tools and accessories used for it 4. Determination of viscosity of lubricating oil using Redwood Viscometer 6. exercise on plane and taper turning.Study of tools and accessories.
difference of two proportions. uniform. 2.Artificial variables .Standard error . Poisson. Addison Wesley Ravindran.Formation of LPP . .Duality in LPP .Principle of least squares .Fitting a parabola .Normal distribution .Degenerate and non-degenerate solutions Optimal solution .Computing probabilities using Binomial.Interval estimation of population mean and proportions ( small and large samples) . 3.Distribution functions . Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. Linear Programming.Solution of LPP basic solution . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40).Properties of primal and dual optimal solutions solution using duality Reference 1. Equality of means .Sampling distributions .Karl Pearson’s coefficient of correlation . Pearson G. Operations Research.Mean and Variance of the above distributions . Hadly. Probability and Random Processes. Poisson.Basic feasible solution .Standard form .Estimation . TMH Richard A. Veerarajan.Fitting a straight line .Big-M method Canonical form of LPP . 4. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. Philips.Mean and Variance Simple problems. T. Module III Linear programming .General linear programming problem .Hypothesis concerning one proportion. Wiley
University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts.Testing of Hypothesis .Slack and surplus variables .Linear correlation and regression . exponential and normal distributions Module II Curve fitting .Properties of normal distribution . Solberg. Part A and Part B.
ENGINEERING MATHS IV (CMPU)
Credits : 4
Module I Discrete and continuous random variables and their probability distributions Probability distribution (density) functions .Hypothesis concerning a mean. II and III. uniform and exponential distributions .graphical solution . Johnson.Solution by simplex method . Probability and statistics for engineers.Binomial.08.
One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). Electric traction – systems of power supply – functional schematic of ac electric locomotivestypes of motors used in traction systems. Principles of starting.variations of speed.methods of starting – direct online – auto transformer – star delta and rotor resistance starting Module-III Single phase motors.torque slip characteristics. References: 1.K. 4.Theraja Art and utilization of electric energy – Partab Principles of electrical and electronics – V.K. shunt and series excited DC generators. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. 3.instrument transformers.simple numerical problems.types – emf equation of alternator – regulation of alternator by emf method. A text book of electrical technology-.L. Principles of dc motors-torque and speed equations-torque speed characteristics. Part A and Part B.502
ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY (MPU)
Credits : 4
Module-I DC Machines-principle of operation-emf equation-types of excitations. Module-II Transformers – principles of operations – emf equation.methods of starting.
. II and III. Separately excited. A. Methods of speed control – methods of braking. Principles of operation of synchronous motors.efficiency calculations. Three phase induction motors. Circle diagrams. occ and load characteristics. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. Equivalent circuits. 2.losses and efficiency – OC and SC tests.no load and blocked rotor tests.principle of operation of single phase induction motor – split phase motor – capacitor start motor.slip ring and squirrel cage types. Applications of dc shunt series and compound motors.simple numerical problems. torque and power with motor current. General idea of armature reaction.universal motor Synchronous machines.Theraja.principles of operation – rotating magnetic field.B. Auto transformers constant voltage transformer. losses and efficiency – load test. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40).B.R & Vandana Singal
University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts.stepper motor. Metha Fundamentals of electric machines – Guptha .V curvessynchronous condenser. compound generators.vector diagrams.08.maximum efficiency – allday efficiency – simple numerical problems.
flat faced or roller followers-. Gear trains: Types of gear trains-compound.initial tensions. Velocity analysis of mechanisms: Velocity analysis – Instantaneous center of velocity..08. Kinematics of Machines. S. Mechanism and Machine theory.. Ballaney. Torque in epicyclic gear trains.standard follower motions– Disc cam with reciprocating or pivoted type knife edge.effect of friction in gears. Pearson Education
.law of gearing – gear tooth profiles. Shigley and Uicker.calculation of minimum number of teeth. contact ratio. Amithabha Ghosh and Malik .Theory of Machines and Mechanisms 6. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms. Charles E Wilson and J Peter Sadler .S. Dynamometers.Description of Absorption and Transmission type dynamometers Module – III Gears: Types of gears –Terminology. Rattan. Rao and Dukkipatti.Wiley Eastern 3.503 THEORY OF MACHINES (MP)
L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4
Module – I Introduction: Terminology – definitions and assumptions. Coupler curve. Myzka. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms 4.Freudensteins equations. P. reverted and epicyclic. Narosa 7.interference and under cutting. Ramamoorthi.. Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery 3rd ed. Theory of machines. Introduction to graphical and vector approaches. Aronhold & Kennedy’s theorem – locating instantaneous centers (upto 6 link mechanisms) – Velocity analysis using instantaneous method – Centrodes velocity analysis – analytical method.V belt drive-Rope drive – Power tramsmitted Friction Clutches: Plate clutches – Conical clutches –power tramsmitted Brakes and Dynamometers: Types of brakes: Analysis of shoe . Pearson Education 8. (Slider crank mechasim only) Module – II Velocity and acceleration analysis of mechanisms: Relative velocity method -Relative acceleration method –Graphical method . References 1. Degrees of freedom – Kutzbach criterion – Grashof’s Law – Kinematic inversions – Concepts of mechanical advantage. arc of contact.Coriolis component of acceleration Klien’s Construction Belt – Rope –Chain Drives: Introduction – Open and ccross belt drive – length of belt – ratio of belt tensions – centrifugal tensions. path of contact. band . number and dimensional synthesis – function generation – chebyshev spacing – Three position synthesis – graphical methods – Analytical methods. V. Straight line mechanisms – Watt mechanism – Peaucellier mechanism – Harts mechanism. Synthesis: Introduction to kinematic synthesis – types.graphical layout of cam profiles.Velocity and acceleration diagrams – Vector methods . Description of Tangent cam and circular arc cams (No problems). band and block brakes-internal expanding shoe brakes. Transmission angle. THM 5.L. Mechanics of Machinery. Cams: Classification of cams and followers-Terminology . Rachet and pawl mechanisms. Steering mechanisms – Quick return mechanisms – Intermittent motion mechanisms – Geneva mechanism.McGraw Hill 2.
. II and III. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40).University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. Part A and Part B. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each.
Micro controllers – Intel 8051 – Architecture. Converters-Single phase half wave and Bridge converters. 8 bit multiplication and 8 bit division. Ayala.Laser diode andThermistors . memory organization. PI and PID controllers.principle of operations of APD. DAC. Module III Control systems: Open loop and closed loop control systems. Stability of a system-definition-stability analysis using Routh hurwitz criterion. II and III. 6th Edn. Stability analysis in frequency domain using Bode plot. Transducers – LED. subtraction. Photo transister and Photovoltaic cell. The 8051 Microcontroller 3rd Edn.TRIAC. Second order systems . Applications for industrial measurement and control. Instruction set of 8051 – Programming examples (addition. Module II Data acquisition system-block diagram and explanation of each block.Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60)
.08. Industrial and power electronics. Ned Mohan. peak time. References 1. application and Design. Power Electronics. register banks. Photoelectric devices. Automatic cotrol system. Transfer function-electrical system.response to step input.Principle and applications. PHI 2.Actuators. John Wiley and sons 5. addressing modes. 2nd Edn. PHI 4. Benjamin C.. Muhammad H Rashid. Kuo. PHI. peak overshoot and falling time. Power Electronics. delay time. Principle of PD.Resistance welding-sequence timer. Harish C. Application of 8051 microcontroller based temperature control system. New Delhi University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. Working and characteristics of UJT and IGBT. Part A and Part B. 2nd Edn.. special function registers. Rai. Converters. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). ADC . interfacing with 7-segment LED display only). Thomson India edition 3. Dielectric heating and Induction heating ..504 INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS (MP)
L-T-D: 2-1-0 Credits : 3
Module I Thyristors-Working and characteristics of SCR. mechanical system. time domain specifications-rise time. Frequency response -frequency domain specifications-bandwidth and resonant peak. Structure and working of power BJT.
Gas welding: Principles of gas welding Oxy – Acetylene welding. Testing of welded joints: Destructive testing of weldments – Strength. disadvantages &application of arc welding. Thermal effects of welding on welded joints. advantages. filler materials & fluxes.L. Ltd. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). welding technique. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. welding equipment. electron beam welding. projection. Resistance welding processes-their principle. Module II Electric arc welding: Principle of arc welding.V.ASME 3. Residual stresses and stress relieving techniques.M. New age International Pub. magnetic particle inspection.Little R. welding of dissimilar metals.Khanna 5. percussion and flash welding. hardness and ductility. Welding symbols.Radhakrishnan. ultrasonic welding. Principle of operation. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. Non destructive testing of weldments . Tata McGraw-Hill 2. & D.505
PRODUCTION PROCESS II
Credits : 4
Module I Classification and general consideration of metal joining techniques-Pressure Welding Process.types .O. TIG & MIG welding. electrode coding.ultrasonic dye penetrant.S. X ray testing procedures. under water welding. Straight & reverse polarity Principle. plain steels and aluminum.Field of application of gas welding. gas cutting . Microstructure of welded joints. Welding Engineering . Module III Electro slag welding.Rossi 4. Weldability of cast iron. Reference: 1. diffusion welding. Welding Engineering Handbook . Khanna Publishers 6. submerged arc welding. Welding Technology . rare and coated.spot. University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. Part A and Part B. Atomic Hydrogen welding. laser beam welding. safety precautions in gas welding . Welding Technology and Design . Heat affected zone. thermit welding. joint design. Soldering & brazing: Methods & applications. Welding Process and Technology . welding electrodes-consumable & non –consumable. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). Welding Technology . equipment. Defects in welding – their causes and remedies. welding equipments.P. Types of welding flames. Joint design.Partner R. II and III. Oxy-Acetylene welding. metal arc welding.C. A.
. Cold welding & electrical resistance. plasma arc welding.08. seam. welding of plastics.C. Types of joints & edge preparation in welding process.
Foundry & Casting: Testing of foundry sand and sand mould.Grain size sieve analysis. load test on three phase squirrel cage induction motor 8.determination of critical resistance. Load test on DC series motor 5. Inspection of castings. Half wave and full wave rectifiers with and with out filters. MIG welding.08. Hardness test. Determination of . additional resistance required in the field circuit.
08. Starting of three phase squirrel cage induction motor by star delta switch. Drain and transfer characteristics of JFET 12. Permeability and Moisture content. Load test on DC shunt motor 6. input resistance and output resistance 11. 3.506
Refer Elective Section
08. (Tensile. Exercises on testing of weld joints – destructive and non–destructive. split piece and three piece patterns. Static V-I characteristics of SCR 13. Bending.Metal arc welding. Load test on three phase slip ring induction motor 9. Load characteristics of DC compound generator 4. Gas welding and Resistance welding. Shear and Compressive strength). TIG welding. Melting & pouring practice. V-I characteristics of diodes and zener diode 10. Green and Dry strength.observe the waveforms on CRO
. OCC on a DC shunt generator. Exercises in making moulds using single piece. critical speed.507
PRODUCTION PROCESS LAB
Credits : 3
Welding : Preparation of joints. Load characteristics of a dc shunt generator. Input and output characteristics of CE and CB configurations of BJTs. 2.508
ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS LAB (MPU)
Credits : 3
1. Load test on single phase transformer 7. Exercises on different types of welding .
Optical. Hand book of Industrial Metrology – ASME University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. Tolerance. C. Mechanical and Industrial measurements.R. 2.Systems of limits and fits. Angle gauges. K. A text book of engineering of metrology.Strain Measurement: Types of strain gauges. calibration. Interchangeability & selective assembly. accuracy. 6. Considerations. Reference : 1. Electrical and Electronic comparators.Simple problems.I. Gap. sensitivity. Gupta 5. Gupta. Module II Comparator:. Engineering metrology – R. Angular measurements using bevel protractors. application. sine bar. taper. ring.601
METROLOGY AND INSTRUMENTATION (MP)
Credits : 4
Module-I General Principles of Measurement: Introduction Concept of Precision. Co-ordinate measuring machine. spirit levels. clino-meters. CID cameras.Simple problems.08. Surface roughness measuring instruments – Different types.Strain measurements by using resistance strain gauges and Mechanical strain gauges-types. Concepts of machine Vision system – CCD.Gauges tolerance and wear allowance. C. Jain 4. Classification of Limit gauge.Classification. Snap gauges.Principle of Interferometry – Optical flat – Interferometers – angle dekkor Autocollimators.Mechanical.Surface Texture – Evaluation of surface roughness.
. optical dividing head. Pneumatic. Limits and Fits:. Optical Measuring Instruments:.Deviation as per BIS (simple problems). Stress. K.Microscope.plug. Surface Finish.Line standard and End standards – slip gauges. Measurement system (Application and Design) – Ernest O Doebelin. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). Jain 3. Engineering precision metrology – R. Tool makers. Measurement of major elements of Screw threads and Gears. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). Part A and Part B. Taylor’s principles. Module III Transducers:. position gauges etc – merits and demerits. Basic concept in static and dynamic measurements: Analysis of Experimental errors Gaussian and normal error Distribution.Allowance.methods of Least Squares. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I.gauges materials. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each.Limit gauges design. II and III.Static and Dynamic characteristics of Transducers and Dynamometers. Basic standards of length.
Flywheel analysis: Fly wheel. Proell and Hartnell governors – Sensitiveness – Hunting – Isocronism – Stability – Effort and power of governor – Controlling force.Porter. Ramamoorthi.vibration isolation and transmissibility. References 1. V..three rotor systems – Torsionally equivalent shaft . One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). -Analysis with sliding and pin friction.Dunkerley’s method – Whirling of shafts – critical speed.vibrometers – accelerometers.Two rotor. Shigley and Uicker. Shaking forces and moments. four wheelers. Charles E Wilson and J Peter Sadler . -Punching press – Dimensions of the fly wheel rim – Size of fly wheel. D’Alemberts principle.Free body diagrams-Conditions for equilibrium. Narosa 6. Rao and Dukkipati. Torsional vibrations. Part A and Part B. Holowenko. Elementary Mechanical Vibration & Noise Control. Module II Governors: Types of governors – Watt . Mechanisms and Machine theory 8. Pearson Education 4. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40).two and three force members.Balancing machines. Ballaney P. Transverse vibration – string. Theory of Machines 5.Method of virtual workPrincipal of super position Dynamic force analysis: Inertia force and inertia torque. beam. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms.Free vibrations with viscous damping. Lasithan University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts.. II and III.geared systems. Gyroscopes: Principle. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. . S S Rattan.fly wheel in different applications like IC engines. Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery 3rd ed.08.Balancing of revolving masses in different planes – Balancing of reciprocating mass – single cylinder engine – multi cylinder engine – V engines .Force due to unbalance . McGrawhill 3.. Mechanics of Machinery. different methods of analysis.602 DYNAMICS OF MACHINERY (MP)
L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4
Module – I Force analysis: Static force analysis: Graphical and vector method. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms 9. Amithabha Ghosh and Malik.TMH 7.Force due to support motion – Vibration measuring instruments . -forced vibrations. . Equivalent dynamical systems. Stability of an automobile – stability of a two wheel vehicle – Stabilization of ship.logarithmic decrement. Analysis of mechanisms without considering friction. Natural frequency .Turning moment diagrams.Undamped force vibrations.four force members. -Analysis of mechanisms.
.. Dynamics of Machinery. -analysis of gyroscopic action on vehicles-two wheelers. Theory of Machines. air planes and ships. Balancing: Static and Dynamic balancing .. Free torsional vibrations – Single rotor . John Wiley 2. Module III Vibration Analysis Types of vibrations – Basic elements of a vibrating system . Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I.L.
Adams.Transformation of coordinates. New York 3.geometric modeling. Grigore Burdea. CSG and BREP Techniques.Formulation of stiffness matrix . design Analysis. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. R. D. Benefits of CAD.linear static analysis. Rogers and J.assembly of global equations-solution procedure. automated drafting. Features of Soild Modeling Packages . New Delhi. post processing phase. User interaction devices. Computer graphics software.
. Computational Fluid Dynamics: The Basics with Applications. Data Exchange Formats.. Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering. Design Database.A. Design workstation. B. Necessity for CAD. Khanna Publishers. Hearn and Baker. arcs . Design process – Application of computers in Design. Windowing and ClippingCohen Sutherland line clipping algorithm. Virtual Reality: Introduction. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). Isoparametric formulation.” Harlow. " Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing ". Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. surface and solid models. Solution of 1D and 2D structural and solid mechanics problems .. Daryl Logan. directed beam refresh. McGraw. University Examination: The question paper shall contain two parts. Ibrahim Zeid. Methods of defining points. engineering analysis. Hardware and software for Virtual Reality environment. II and III. 1998 7. CAD/CAM. Part A and Part B.formulation of load vector. " Mathematical Elements in Computer Graphics ". D. John Wiley and son 5. Ltd 6. Pearson Education. Simple problems with Axial element beam element. Abbott. Module III Introduction to finite element analysis-steps involved in FEM. References: 1.Bresenhams algorithm. Module II Computer graphics. 9. Thomson Learning 10.Subramanyan. mirroring. lines. DVST and raster scan displays. " CAD / CAM / CIM ". Hidden surface removal algorithms – z-buffer algorithm. Mikell P Groover. and Basco. A First course in Finite Element Method. Belagundu. New York. Jr.wire frame. J. Anderson. rotation. M. 2D and 3D Transformations– translation. McGraw-Hill Book Company.CRT.Hill. concatenation of transformations. Sadhu Singh. design review and evaluation. Prentice Hall 2. LCD and plasma discharge displays. Design for Manufacture. Philippe Coiffet.. Data communications. "CAD .D.F. CST element.CAM Theory and Practice". Graphic standards.parametric and features.603 COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN (MPU)
L-T-D: 2-1-0 Credits : 3
Module I Computer Aided Design – Definition. Essex. “Computational fluid dynamics: An introduction for engineers. Prentice Hall 4. P. interfaces to drafting. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing 6. 8. New Age Int. England: Longman Scientific & Technical. Hardware in CADcomponents. New York.Radhakrishnan and S.Preprocessing phasediscretisation-types of elements selection of interpolation functions.. 3D modeling: types of models. Virtual Reality Technology. Computer Graphics. Applications of Virtual Reality in product design. Interactive display devices.08. functions of CG packages. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). scaling. Thirupathi R Chandrupatla and Ashok D. Inc.
forming and cutting. CHM.and gear finishing.K Jain HMT ASM Vol. . Burghardt Carry and Johnson Raghguvanshi R. Finishing operations-lapping. Production Technology 6. pull.principles of gear hobbing . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). types and specifications. fundamentals of hydraulic circuits. honing. Production Technology 5.methods of manufacturing. Broaching: Broaching machines: push. PAM.advantages and disadvantages. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. Gear manufacturing . surface broaching. hydraulic circuits for feed and cutting motion. Powder compaction . USM. methods. Part A and Part B. References: 1. Gear generating.Mechanical. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. super finishing and burnishing –description.08. mechanical. Powder Metallurgy 7. Machine tool operation 2. Machine tool rigidity. Module II Unconventional methods of machining: principle of working .gear shaping . Powder Metallurgy 8.604
MACHINE TOOLS II
Credits : 4
Module I Broaching machine: Description. valves etc. ECM.
. broach construction. II and III.areas of applications and characteristics of the following operations. Fundamentals of Metal Machining and Machine Tools McGraw Hill. Manufacturing and application of important P/M components. Sintering mechanism. Upadhayay Sands and Shakespeare Geofrey Boothroyd
University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. LBM. external and internal spline broaching. Operations – keyway broaching. Process Engineering 3. Hydraulic copying system. Materials for machine tool structures. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). AJM. EDM. Machine tool drives-electrical. moulding. II Gopal S. surface and continuous broaching machines. Powder Metallurgy 9. Powder metallurgy Manufacture of metal powders. Water jet cutting. effects and elimination of vibration in machine tools Module III Hydraulic circuits. sources. their merits and demerits. and tools employed. thermal and thermomechanical compacting processes. hydraulic and combination systems . EBM. Work shop Technology vol-II 4.type of pumps.
types of joints.compression.Machine Design 3.Design of shafts for strength & stiffness-Effects of -Keyways.pins.Mechanical Engg. Module III Springs. Design of Bolted joints. Shafts-torsion & bending of shafts.
University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. Khurmi & J. P. H.08. Referances: 1.stress concentration in welded joints.F Spotts. Part A and Part B. shaft couplings-design of rigid & flexible couplings.Design of pipes and pipe joints. K.K Jain M. Machine Design 6. II and III. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60).Machine Design 5. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). Design of leaf springs. Welded joints. Goodman & Soderberg method –impact stress& strain energy. keys. Module II Design of .strength of welds -fillet welds.Propeller shafts. Gupta Abdulla Sherief R. S. Design of Machine Elements Jooseph Edward Shigly.shear-elastic constants-safe stress-factor of safetybending& Torsion –combined stress-theories of failure –stress concentration –variable stresses-endurance limit-fatigue Factor –Combined steady & variable stress-Gerber.
.cotters.eccentric loading. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. Pressure vessels – air receivers – thin and thick cylinders – engine cylinder .classification and uses of springs . Machine Design 4. Design 2.hollow shafts. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. Machine Design 7. splines. Black Schaum’s Series R.spring materials – design of helical springs – effect of end turns – energy absorbed – deflection – design for fluctuating loads – vibration in springs – buckling of springs.605
MACHINE THEORY AND DESIGN
Credits : 4
Module I Definitions-design principles-common engineering materials and their properties-stresses in machine parts-Tension. Design of threaded fasteners & power screws.
3. Angular measurements using Bevel protractors. Thermal analysis.
University exam pattern: Duration – 3 hrs. Creation of 3D solid models. angle gauges. Exercises on the application of Finite Element Method to engineering systems:a. Cast iron. microstructure study of Steels. Assembly and Finite Element Analysis software. a. Cast iron and Brass. sine bar 6.606
Refer Elective section
08. pneumatic and electronic comparators 8. 4. height gauge and depth gauges.
Introduction to Solid modeling. b. 2. Slip gauges 7. II. Measurements using Profile projector.
CAD LAB (P)
I.08. Part A – 40 marks from modeling.
08. b. Exercises on modeling and assembly. Creation of assembled views of riveted joints.. 5. 11. Measurements using Universal Measuring Microscope
. Measurement of surface roughness using roughness measuring machines 10. Structural analysis. Exercise on comparators: mechanical. Flatness testing of surface plates using auto collimators. 9. Brass and Aluminum.608
METALLURGY AND METROLOGY LAB
Credits : 3
1. The question paper shall consist of two parts. Heat treatment study –Effect on Mechanical properties and microstructure of Steels. Part B – 40 marks from Assembly and/or Analysis. Linear measurements using Vernier calipers and external and internal Micrometers. Viva – 20 marks. cotter joints and shaft couplings. Microstructure study: Specimen preparation. Grain size measurement.
Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. computerized planning techniques.701
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT AND DECISION MODELLING (MPU)
Credits : 3
Module I Evolution of Scientific management. Module II Facilities planning:-Selection of site.
University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. 7. Formation of companies.Tripathi & Reddy . fixed group technology layout. Concept of pre modern. Line and staff.forecasting of demand-different methods (simple problems). covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). transportation and assignment problems . decision tree. responsibility and span of control . Sales management. 4. orientation and training of workers – Industrial safety and health-Labour welfare –Industrial psychology –Labour legislation.Tata Mc Graw Hill Principles of Management .Tata McGraw Hill Engineering Management . Queing theory: Single server models. Dhanpat Rai (pub) Industrial Engineering & Production Management. Levels and skills of management. Personal managementobjectives and function-recruitment. public limited companies.Decision making: statistical decision theory.system concept of management – Line. modern and post modern management. Organizational structure. 3.C. Part A and Part B. Layout planning.R. marketing environment.Asia. Asia Introduction to management science: Bernaud W Taylor III.Fraidoon Mazda – Pearson Edn.Dhanpat Rai Industrial engineering and management: O P Khanna Fundamentals of operation research: Hillier and Lieberman Business Organisation & Management . Pearson Edn. different types.Objectives and function . Game theory and its applications..08. Module III Quantitative techniques in management.factors to be considered – plant layout. selection. 8.Authority.network theory – CPM – crashing of networks.linear programming and its application in management. 2. Basu . One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). Principles & Practice of Management-T N Chabra. II and III. Marketing: Concepts. References: 1. Mahajan . product. -Market segmentation-marketing mix-product life cycle. cooperative organizations and Government organizations. 5.Principles and functions of scientific management. project and matrix organization. PERT – probability of completion. 6. M.
. process. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I.Proprietary Partnership and joint stock companies –private limited.
HMT. Harmonic drive. Ramachandran. Histand.K. 7. Gordon M. New Delhi 2006. New Delhi 2004... 2. University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. Vijayaraghavan. Systems. Ltd. servo and stepper motors. Force and pressure sensors: piezoelectric sensor and strain gauge. Prentice Hall International. References 1. vibration and acoustic emission sensors.Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. optical.08. Introduction to Mechatronics and Measurement Systems. Proximity sensors: Magnetic. Resolvers and synchros. Programmable Logic Controllers (PLC) – Architecture. John Wiley & Sons Ltd. Aldatore. M.Working and applications of MEMS based accelerometer. Mechatronics: Electronic Control Systems in Mechanical and Electrical Engineering. Adaptive control of machine tools.S. Vijay K.P. Roller and ball screws. Inc. Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd.. 6. Tactile sensor. Micro Electro Mechanical Systems (MEMS): Fabrication methods . One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60)
. Michael B.Machine structure: guide ways. W. Gopalakrishnan. temperature. 4.Mathematical models and basic building blocks of general mechanical. Range finders: ultrasonic and light based range finders. UK 1998. Wiley India Pvt. Introduction to Robotics: Analysis. Mechatronics: Integrated Mechanical Electronic Systems. G. Measuring system for NC machines: direct and indirect measuring system. Velocity and motion sensors.. Varadan. England 2006. Vinoy. input/output processing. capacitive and eddy current methods. Person Education. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. Robotic vision Image acquisition: Vidicom and charge coupled device (CCD) cameras. USA 2003. Applications. Bearings: anti-friction bearings. automobile engine management system. Part A and Part B. Mechatronics. II and III. Balasundaram. 5.. Industrial Robotics. System modeling . 3. fluid and thermal systems. electrical. McGraw-Hill Inc. ultrasonic. S. Bolton. Mair. Module III Mechatronics in Robotics-Electrical drives: DC. development of simple ladder diagrams. Displacement and position sensors. Saeed B. thresholding and connectivity method. David G. brushless. inductive. automatic car park barrier system. Pneumatic. J. New Delhi 2007. K. pressure sensor and gyroscope Module II Design of modern Computer Numerical Control (CNC) machines and mechatronics elements . Image processing techniques: histogram analysis.. New Delhi 2008.702 MECHATRONICS (MPU)
L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4
Module I Introduction to Mechatronics – Sensors and transducers: characteristics. Case studies of mechatronics systems: Pick and place robot. Principle and types of force. AC. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). Niku. hydraulic and mechanical actuation systems used for mechatronics devices. hydrostatic bearing and hydrodynamic bearing. drives. K. Smart Material Systems and MEMS: Design and Development Methodologies. Person Education Limited.
CNC. London. interpolation and canned cycle. Groover.Elements of Computer Integrated Manufacturing (CIM) Systems – Product design to marketing. DNC system – Definition. Accuracy and repeatability. 4. Mikell P. John A. Co-ordinate Measuring Machine (CMM) – Working and configurations of contact and non-contact CMMs. Integrating Advanced Computer-Aided Design. accuracy and repeatability. Various activities in CIM -. 2001 2. Marcel Dekker. Industrial robot – Basic elements. CAD/CAM/CIM. Part A and Part B.Computer Aided Process Planning (CAPP) – Retrieval and regenerative approaches. S. 6. Module III Flexible Manufacturing System (FMS) – Components. classification and coding – OPITZ and MICLASS systems. Prentice-Hall of India. 8.08.
. Industrial Robotics. classification. Inc. Groover. CAD/CAM. Benefits of GT . 2003. New York 1995. structure of a process planning software. Manufacturing and Numerical Control: Principles and Implementations. New Delhi. Rapid Prototyping (RP): Concept and methods – Stereolithography (SL). P. New Delhi. Munich.From product design to marketing. 7. Production Systems and Computer Integrated Manufacturing. Andreas Gebhardt. Dimov. Simple turning and drilling programs only. 5. Springer – Verlag. basic components and principle of operation. D. 2001. scanning laser beam. Rapid Manufacturing-The Technologies and Applications of Rapid Prototyping and Rapid Tooling. Non-contact optical methods for CAI – Machine vision. Automation. Coordinate Measuring machine and Systems. Raju. New Age Int. benefits. Xun Xu. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from modules I. 2009. types.703 COMPUTER INTEGRATED MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS
L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4
Module 1 Product development cycle-Application of computer for design (CAD). Inc. Carl Hanser – Verlag. Mikell P. Prentice-Hall of India. tool compensation... FMS work stations. 2005. Mikell P. Pearson Education. feasibility and strategies – Adaptive Control Constraint (ACC) and Optimization (ACO). T. Bosch. identification. preparatory and miscellaneous codes. USA 2009. Fused Deposition Modelling (FDM). Rapid Prototyping. 3D printing. Groover. Radhakrishnan. References: 1. Adaptive control. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). 3. University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. Subramanian. Sequential and concurrent engineering – Concepts and features.Absolute and incremental.concept. 2001. Features of CNC systems . manufacturing (CAM) and integration of CAD/CAM. Module II Group Technology – Part family. photogrammetry. Introduction to CAM – Numerical Control (NC). Resolution. Information Science Reference. physical configuration and applications of industrial robots. Pham. V. Solid Ground Curing (SGC).. selective Laser Sintering (SLS). II and III. S. Process capability. Computer Aided Inspection (CAI) and Testing (CAT) – Effects of implementing CAI and CAT. types.S. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60).
Sen and Bhattacharya 2. Cutting fluids. classification of cutting tools.S. and Diamond. Production engineering .force measurements-Turning. tool failure. Reference:1. Mechanism of metal removal-Primary deformation on shear zone and Secondary deformation on rake face.Shaw M.Chip formation. Metal cutting principles . and depth of cut in cutting-related simple problems.G. II and III.P. parameters affecting tool life-problems. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. Module III Cutting tool materials-Desirable properties of tool materials-major tool materials. Dynamometers. geometry of single point and multi point cutting tools.variables affecting the tool temperaturestool.work thermo couple.Boothroyd 4. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40).Sekhon University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts.HMT 6.Mechanics of orthogonal cutting-Forces of deformationshear angle. Shear plane theory.C Sharma 9.08. Lee and Shaffer principle. crater wear . Metal cutting . Fundamentals of metal cutting& M/c tools . One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60).Friction in metal cutting-methods to reduce frictionchip breaker.Trent 7. Principle of metal cutting .Juneja.Determination of shear angle and chip thickness ratio-Force relations. Effect of tool geometry in metal cutting.H 5. types.E.B. Fundamentals of machining and machine tools .C 3. Tool manufacturing engineers hand book .704 THEORY OF METAL CUTTING
L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4
Module I Introduction to metal cutting and metal removal processes. its importance. BUE formation.ASA and ORS systems-inter relationship.their characteristics and applications. tool nomenclature.M .
. Heat in metal cutting-Zones of heat generation. Tool wear and tool life. Theory of metal cutting . Machinability. Ceramics.Merchants circle diagram-Influence of speed.Stress distribution on rake face.Black P. milling. modified tool life equation.ASTME 8. Part A and Part B.Carbon steels. embedded thermocouple. Cemented carbide. Coated tools.Types and applications. Module II Orthogonal and Oblique cutting. types of chip. Experimental techniques for measuring tool temperatures. and drilling dynamometers.various criteria for machinability index-Optimum cutting speed. Production technology .L. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. HSS.Wear mechanisms. flank wear-Tool life criteria-Taylors tool life equation. feed. CBN.
Design of guide waysfunctions and types-design of slide ways-design criteria and calculations for slide waysdesign of anti-friction guide ways. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each.oil flow through bearings.K Mehta 2.
. endurance load. Ball & roller bearingstypes-static& dynamic load capacity-equivalent dynamic load-bearing life-selection of bearings. Mechanical Engineering design Joseph Edward Shigly University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. Wear tooth load.C. bases &tables. cross rails. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). Design criteria-materials-static &dynamic stiffeners-profiles of machine tool structures-basic design procedure in machine tool structures –design of beds & columns.GP & LP.705
MACHINE TOOL DESIGN
Credits : 4
Module: I General requirements of machine tool design – Design of spindles – functions and requirements – materials for spindles. bevel gear & worm gear-checking of dynamic tooth load.model techniques. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I.petroff’s equation-Bearing characteristic number-Summerfield number-L/D ratioclearance ratio-minimum film thickness.Bhattacharya 3. Part A and Part B. References: 1. Machine tool design N. Module: II Gears-Nomenclature-Lewis equation –Lewis form factor-velocity factor-working stress in gear teeth-dynamic load on gear teeth-design of spur gear.AGMA standards-design of shafts for AP .Sen & A. Design of Bearings: . helical gear.arms.saddles & carriages. II and III. Module: III Design of machine tool structure-functions of machine tool structure and their requirements.Journal bearings-hydro-dynamic lubrication.08. Standardization of speed &feedsstructure &ray diagrams for machine tool gear boxes-gear design & analysis. rams . Principles of machine tools G. wear tooth load.
Manual part programming for CNC machines using standard G codes and M codes 2. Profile milling b.708
Credits : 2
1. 5. Study and Programming on a Pick and Place robot. Study and exercise on CNC Milling Machine for a. c) Milling tool dynamometer 5. 3. Plane turning b. Drilling and Reaming d. Study and exercise on CNC Lathe for a. Measurement of Flat. Taper turning c. Exercise on temperature measurement in metal cutting.707
PRODUCTION TOOLING LAB
Credits : 2
1. Cylindrical and Spherical surfaces 6. 7. Study and exercise on Coordinate Measuring Machine (CMM) a. Force measurement: Exercise on force measurement using a) Lathe tool dynamometer b) Drilling tool dynamometer.08. 4. Pocket milling 3. NC code generation using CAM softwares. Form turning 4. 2. Tool grinding –Exercise on Single point cutting tool grinding. Thread cutting d.
. Grinding machines:-Exercise on grinding machines –surface grinding and cylindrical grinding. Making of a simple component. Surface milling c.706
Refer Elective section
08. Milling machine: Exercise on milling spur gear and helical gear.
08. Study and exercise on Rapid prototyping (RP) Machine a.
PROJECT AND SEMINAR (MPU)
Credits : 2
The Students shall do a project work. 25% credit should be given for Project. A report on seminar also shall be submitted at the end of the semester. The students shall present a seminar on a topic which is of high relevance to Mechanical Engineering.
. and 75% credit for Seminar. and submit a report at the end of semester.08. which can be the preliminary work of final project.
University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts.R. C. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. Handbook of Energy Audits by Albert Thumann. 5.Turner by Fairment Press Ltd. Nuclear fission ) and Non – conventional ( Biomass.801
ENERGY MANAGEMENT (MPU)
Credits : 3
Module I Energy conversion processes and devices – Energy conversion plants – Conventional ( Thermal.B. C E.C.J. Part A and Part B. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I.T. Khanna Publishers.D. Khanna Publishers. P.M by Fairmont Press Ltd. 3. Croft by Longman Group Ltd.08. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). References: 1.E. 4.B. Energy plantation. Module II Energy Management – Definitions and significance – objectives – Characterising of energy usage – Energy Management program – Energy strategies and energy planning – Energy Audit – Types and Procedure – Optimum performance of existing facilities – Energy management control systems – Energy policy in India – Computer applications in Energy management Module III Energy conservation – Principles – Energy economics – Energy conservation technologies – cogeneration – Waste heat recovery – Combined cycle power generation – Heat Recouperators – Heat regenerators – Heat pipes – Heat pumps – Pinch Technology.
.E. Fuel cells and Magneto Hydrodynamics) – Energy storage and Distribution – Electrical energy route – Load curves – Energy conversion plants for Base load .D.Rai. Energy Efficiency for Engineers & Technologists.Eastop and D.M and Wlliam. Intermediate load. Energy from waste. Energy Technology by S.Parulekar. Hydro. 2.Younger. II and III. Non – conventional Energy Sources by G. Peak load and Energy displacement – Energy storage plants. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). Energy Management Hand book by Wayne. Energy Conservation Opportunities (ECO) – Electrical ECOs – Thermodynamic ECOs in chemical process industry – ECOs in residential and commercial buildings – Energy Conservation Measures.Rao and Dr.
Preventive and break.Methods of eliminating fatigue. Acceptance sampling and operation characteristic curves. References: 1. 5. Industrial Engineering . production and testing – Selection of materials and processes. Inventory models -Determination of EOQ and reorder level.down maintenance Replacement of equipments. causes effects of industrial disputes. Statistical Quality Control . S. Introduction to concepts of Bench marking.Human factors in design.principles of material handling. 7. ISO. TQM. Introduction to work study . Scheduling. Industrial Engineering & Production Management . Buffa. dispatching and follow up.Design function – Objectives of design. P. Module II Methods engineering: Analysis of work methods using different types of process chart and flow diagrams. Khanna 2. Industrial relations.Job evaluation and merit rating – Objectives and principles of job evaluation. Industrial Engineering & Production Management . selective inventory control techniques.Micro motion study and therbligs.Critical examination.Value Engineering.Development of designsprototype. Job plan.Dr.M Mahajan .Psychological attitudes to work and working conditions .SIMO chartPrinciples of motion economy – determination of allowances and standard time.Trade union – Workers participation in management. .E. 8.Method of providing for depreciation.life testing-Bath tub curve. (Simple problems without using SQC table). Time and Motion Study . Types of material handling equipments. Industrial Engineering and Management . Manufacturing vs purchase.Collective bargaining.Grant and Ieven Worth 4.Incentive plans.Time rate and piece rate system of wage payment.Dhanpat Rai 6. Module III Production planning and control. Kumar.System reliability. Wages and Incentives.O. Quality control and Inspection.ILO
.Destructive and non-destructive testing methods. Plant layout and Material handling.Determination of economic life .Primary wage systems. Six Sigma and Quality circles (Brief description only).802
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING (MPU)
Credits : 3
Module I Introduction to Industrial Engineering – Evolution of modern Concepts in Industrial Engineering – Functions of Industrial Engineering – Field of application of Industrial Engineering Product Development and research.essentials of a good wage incentive plan.Ralph and Barien 3. Inventory Control.Statistical quality control and control charts for X and R.Introduction to Flexible manufacturing systems.Gantt charts.08.Importance of planning – job. batch and mass productionDetermination of economic lot size in batch production. Chand.Effect of Communication in Industry. Modern Production management .Martand Telsang – S. Selection and application. Khanna pub.Functions of production control – Routing .process capability.merit incentive plan – Merit rating plans.Economic aspects C-V-P analysis .Non monitory incentives.Simple problems. B.fatigue.
covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40).
. Part A and Part B. II and III. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each.University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I.
Design of drill jigs. Fundamentals of Fixture Design – V. Design of compound and progressive dies.B. Hoffman 7. locators. Work holding devices for flat.803 TOOL ENGINEERING
L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4
Module I Jigs and fixtures – Necessity for jigs and fixtures . Types of dies. Roll separation force and torque. design considerations. 3. bush specifications. compound.
. II and III. Fundamentals of tool design – ASTME & Edward G. broaching and welding fixtures. 8. Module II Press work tools.Rolling. Jigs and Fixtures – Calving-Hoose 5. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). Jig and Fixture Design Hand Book – William and Boyes 6. fixtures for CNC machines. Module III Tool for forging.group tooling –Design of single point tools – Plastic as a tooling materials – Fluidized bed fixturing.ASM University Examination: The question paper shall contain two parts. Bending pressure-calculation of blank size and press tonnage for drawing. blanking and piercing tools. Die Design Hand Book – ASTME 4. . stress distribution in rolling. load variation during blanking-Calculation of press tonnage for blanking and piercing. Bending and drawing dies: Bending allowances. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. Part A and Part B. Design of drop forging dies. modular fixtures. combination and progressive dies.Koraskove Mir. simple. types of locators. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). clamping and guiding devices. Fine blanking. swarf disposal methods.08. Fixture for lathe operations. Embossing and Coining. Tool Design – Cysil Donaldson TMH 2.
References 1. bending methods. metal flow during drawing operations. CAD for tooling: Turret press FMS-Computer applications (CAD / CAM) in short metal press work – Quick die change method – Single minute exchange of dies.Elements of fixtures. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. strip rolling theory. Tool Design – Cole G. Metal Hand Book. milling. round and irregular surface. Forces acting on single point and multiple point cutting tools.
PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT AND DESIGN
Credits : 4
Module I Definition of a product - Types of product- levels of product- New product developmentproduct-market mix-New product development ( NPD ) process- Idea generation methodsCreativity-Creative attitude, creative design process- Morphological analysis- analysis of interconnected decision areas, brain storming, synectics. Product life cycle- The challenges of product development- product analysis- product characteristics- economic considerationsproduction and marketing aspects. Characteristics of successful product development. Phases of a generic product development process – Customer need identification. Product development practices and industry-product strategies-time to market-analysis of the product-standardization-simplification and specialization. Module-II Product design- definition-Design by evolution- design by innovation-design by imitation factors affecting product design. Standards of performance and environmental factors. decision making and iteration - Morphology of design (different phases). -role of aesthetics in design. Introduction to optimization in design- economic factors in design-design for safety and reliability. Role of computers in design - modeling and simulation-the role of models in engineering design-mathematical modeling-similitude and scale models. Concurrent design Six sigma and design for six sigma. Introduction to optimization in design-economic factors and financial feasibility in design- Design for manufacturing, Rapid proto typing (RP) application of RP in product design. Product Development versus Design. Module-III Design of simple products dealing with various aspects of product development and design starting from need till the manufacture of the product. References: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Product Design and Development, Karl T.Ulrich and Steven D.Eppinger, Tata McGraw –Hill edition. Engineering Design –George E.Dietoer An Introduction to Engineering Design methods Vijay Gupta Merie Crawford : New Product management, McGraw-Hill Irwin Chitale A K and Gupta R C, “Product Design and Manufacturing”, Prentice Hall of India, 2005. Kevin Otto and Kristin wood, Product Design, Tehniques in Reverse Engineering and New Product Development, Pearson education
University Examination There will be 3 questions of 15 marks from modules I & II .Students have to answer any 2 from each module. From module III, answer 2 out of the 3 questions given which carries 20 marks each.
08.805 ELECTIVE IV
Refer Elective Section
Refer Elective Section
INDUSTRIAL SEMINAR (MPU)
Credits : 2
The Student shall present a Seminar based on industrial visits under taken from V-VII semesters. A minimum of four visits are compulsory. A report on industrial visits shall be submitted. The institution shall arrange minimum four Seminars on latest topics by experts from Industry. The student shall be evaluated based on the report on industrial visits, presentation, interaction, performance in the class and general awareness on topics of expert lectures
PROJECT AND VIVA VOCE (MPU)
Credits : 5
A project work of good quality should be done under the guidance of project guide(s) and a project report should be submitted. For internal assessment, 50% weightage to be given to the assessment of the guide and 50% to the committee assigned to assess the project work. For University examination a Viva-voce examination shall be conducted. Marks of Viva voce examination shall be based on the overall performance, Project report, Seminar reports, Subject knowledge and general awareness in the developments in Mechanical Engineering.
ELECTIVE SECTION LIST OF ELECTIVES (Electives are common to Mechanical, Production and Automobile engineering branches unless otherwise specified in the title) 08. 506 Elective I 1. Communicative English and technical writing 2. Human aspects of management 3. Disaster Management 4. Glimpses of world thought 5. Professional ethics and human values 6. Environmental Science 7. Advanced Welding technology 8. Foundry Technology 9. Environmental Pollution Control 10. Advanced Fluid Mechanics 11. Composite Materials Technology 12. Internet Technologies 13. Non Destructive Testing 14. Powder Metallurgy 15. Vehicle Transport & Fleet Management 16. Automotive Airconditioning 17. Two And Three Wheeled Vehicles 08.606 Elective II 1. Advanced mechanics of solids 2. New Energy systems 3. Object Oriented Programming 4. Nuclear Engineering 5. Mechanical working Methods 6. Artificial Intelligence Systems 7.System Modeling & Simulation 8. Instrumentation and control 9. Materials Handling 10. Agro Machinery 11. Total Quality Management 12. Precision Engineering 13 Advanced Manufacturing Processes 14. Material Characterisation 15. Micromachining Methods 16. Tool Engineering (MU) 17.Vehicle Body Engineering 18.Vehicle Performance And Testing 19.Automotive Fuels & Alternate Fuels 08.706 Elective III 1. Computer Graphics 2. Advanced Thermodynamics 3. Industrial Heat Transfer 4. Plant Engg & Maintenance 5. Fracture Mechanics 6. Marketing Management. 7. Entrepreneurship Development 8. Industrial Hydraulics 9. Finite Element Methods 10. Metal Forming 11. Machine tool Technology 12.Non-conventional Machining Techniques 13. Turbo Machines 14 Experimental Methods in Engineering 15. Mech. Vibration & Noise Control 16. Failure Analysis 17. Theory of Machining (MU) 18. Bio Materials 19. Concurrent Engineering 20. Industrial Automation 21. Alternate Energy Sources 22. Automotive Pollution and Control 23. Creativity, Innovation and New Product Development
Nanotechnology 20.Road Vehicles 25. Design of Pressure Vessels & Piping 10. Management Information Systems 14. 806 Elective V 1. Continuum Mechanics 17. Financial Management 10. Production & Operations Management 15. Technology Forecasting 13. Tractors & Farm Equipments 25. Computer Simulation of IC Engine Processes.08. Robotics 18. Computer Aided Vehicle Design
. Automotive Technology (P) 21. Creativity& Product Development 6. Tribology 11. Propulsion Engineering 2. Research Methodology 19. Experimental Stress Analysis Techniques 2. High Temperature Materials 22. Embedded System In Automobiles 26. Rapid Prototyping 20. Surface Engineering 21. Cryogenic Engineering 14. Advanced Decision Modeling 5. Random vibrations 8. Advanced Kinematics of Machines 9. Design of IC Engines 17. Project Management 16. Design of jigs and fixtures 7. Software Engineering 13. Design of Heat transfer equipment 5. Thermal Management of Electronic Systems 16. 15. Design of Cellular Manufacturing 22. Product and brand management 18. Value Engineering. 12. 805 Elective IV 1. Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Design 23. Off. Computational Fluid Dynamics 12. Multiphase flow 8. Industrial Quality Control 4. Bio Medical Engineering. Logistics and Supply Chain Management 19. Industrial Safety Engineering 23. Controls in Machine tools 9. Computerized Materials Management 7. Automotive Aerodynamics 24. Non linear Dynamics and Chaos 6. Flexible Manufacturing Methods 11. Aerospace Engineering 3. Engineering Design 24. Industrial Refrigeration 3. Facilities Planning 4.
downward and lateral-importance of technical communication.Technical proposals-writing a proposal –the steps involved. 2.ELECTIVE I
08. Listening Skills: Listening for general content. graphic representation. Official letters-govt. Speaking Skills: Oral practice-Describing objects/situations/people-Role play-Just A Minute/Group Discussion. and journalistic articles. organizational. condensing . Job application and resume. Students should read the book on their own and selected topics may be discussed in the class. References.
.projects. 2 questions out of 4 has to be answered from Module II.informal letters-essentials of telephonic conversation-invitationsminutes of a meeting.Intensive listening-Listening for specific information. English For Technical Communication. 6. Everyday Dialogues in English-Robert J Dixson. placing order. 4.Mohan K and Sharma R C. Technical papers. Each answer carries 5 marks. Module III A non-detailed study of the autobiography: “Wings of Fire-an autobiography by Dr. Basic Communication Skills for Technology-Andrea J Rutherford.506. Pearson Education. Business Correspondence and Report Writing.barriers to communication. structure and style. mass communication-the flow of communication: upward. Writing Skills: Skills to express ideas in sentences. Six short questions to be answered out of 8 questions from Module I.levels of communicationinterpersonal. (30 marks). (30 marks). 5.language as a tool of communication. TMH New Delhi. 3. New Delhi.dissertation. Business letters-sales and credit letters. letters. Preparing audio-visual aids. Speaking and Writing skills. Each answer carries 20 marks. Reading Skills: Skimming the text. APJ Abdul Kalam”. Reading. K R Lakshmi Narayanan-Sci Tech Publications.Universities Press (2004) University Examination:. Technical communication. Questions to be limited to the topics Writing Skills& Basics of Technical Communication. Reports-types.exposure to a variety of technical articles.. writing reports. letter of enquiry. Oxford University Press. letter of quotation. use of appropriate vocabulary -sentence construction-paragraphs development-note making-editing a passage and essay writing. I &II.. 1. Effective Technical Communication-Barun K Mitra.1
COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH AND TECHNICAL WRITING
Credits : 4 Module-I Listening.Two essays out of Four has to be answered from module III. Basics of Technical Communication. letter to authorities. PHI. (40 marks). significance. Each answer carries 15 marks. Module-II Forms of Technical communication. essays.thesis writing. Wings of Fire-an autobiography APJ Abdul Kalam. Vol. Distinction between general and technical communication.features.
Module 2 Organizational development.Conflict management .nature and characteristics.Personnel Management . Labour legislation. Perception. 4. Grievance handling.Case studies. Resistance to change. Organizational change.Human Resource Management . impact of culture in organizational behaviour. Goals of organizational change and organizational development. Uma Sekharan.Tata Mc Graw Hill. types. Concepts of QWL-strategies for improved QWL. References: 1. Group dynamics-nature of groups and group decision making. Concept of organizational climate-health and effectiveness. Fred Luthans .Transactional Analysis . Man power planning. Stephen P. Organizational culture. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Case studies. Training and development. 3. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3x20=60)
. Safety and health maintenance. Organizational Behaviour . beliefs. Recruitment and selection. Compensation policies. Gary Dessler.08. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Managerial leadership across cultures.Pearson Education. Motivation of person across cultures. Self development. Wage and salary administration. 2.Tata Mc Graw Hill. Performance appraisal. Case studies. theories and applications .506. Scott . Robbins.Organizational Behaviour . Motivation and Personality-concepts.Pearson Education. 5.theories and styles. attitudes and intelligents in determining human behaviour.Modes of values. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Leadership –nature and significance .2
HUMAN ASPECTS OF MANAGEMENT
Credits : 4
Module1 Dimensions of Human Behaviour.McGraw Hill. Organizational Behaviour-Text and Cases . Module 3 Human Resource Management –Concepts and objectives.
Credits : 4 Module I Earth processes and natural disasters-significance of earth processes.
. Cambridge University Press. Module III Issues in the prediction of natural disasters. 3. Part B is for 60 marks. Information systems and decision making tools in disaster management. Earthquake tips Ramakant Gaur(2008) Disaster management. landslides and volcanoes. McGraw Hill Company Bryant. The candidate has to answer one question of 20 marks from each module. Basic principles of disaster management. Murty. C. tsunamis. natural hazards. Module II Preparedness and mitigation measures for earthquakes. floods. tsunamis. Integration of rural development programmes with natural disaster mitigation and planning. floods.V.L(2001) Natural Disasters.A(1991) Natural hazards.
University Examination: Duration: 3 hours The question paper consists of Part A and Part B. P.506. land use practices and disaster mitigation. landslides and volcanoes. Disaster mitigation planning of human settlements and townships for earthquakes. floods. 172. tsunamis. Human induced disasters. There will be 8 compulsory short answer questions of 5 marks each covering entire syllabus. References 1. Vulnerability assessment for earthquakes. 3rd Ed. P. risks and disasters. landslides and volcanoes with special reference to construction of residential buildings and public utility buildings.E. New Delhi.08. Abbott.. 4. 2. Case histories of important natural disasters. There will be two questions from each module. GNOSIS.R. Disaster management in India. Part A is for 40 marks.
Prentice Hall 20.determinism.Ancient Period .506.Leornardo..industrial and scientific revolution Module II The major schools of thought . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). George Allen & Unwin 4.positivism.current trends and issues . True Knowledge 14.. Prentice Hall 18. Dr Radhakrishnan S.technology and revolutions . Shaffer. Dialogues of Plato 17. Philosophy of Mind. Will & Ariel Durrent.. Alston. Sutras. post-modernism.. South America . Recovery of Faith 16. Will Durrant.theories of human evolution . Egypt. The Story of Civilisation.. Religion and Culture 12. culture and cognition ..art and literary movements (school of paintings and other forms of reputation) ..language.the science of ‘knowledge’ . History of Western Philosophy.theories of human betterment theories of social analysis (French Revolution. Volume I to XII 6. Will Durrant.some early Greek thinkers Anaxagoras. Philosophy of Language. Story of Civilisation . Our Heritage 11. dialectical materialism .poststructuralism.Renaissance Thinkers . References 1.revolutions in human perception . modernism and colonial theories. Dr Radhakrishnan S.08. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.other centres of learning in the ancient world . cultural and economic dimensions . Prentice Hall 19. Neo-Marxism and post-colonial theories . Dr Radhakrishnan S. October Revolution) . Bertnard Russell.China.Marxism and its social. Human values in Engineering. Dr Radhakrishnan S. Oswald Spingler. Simon & Schuster 2. The Story of Philosophy. Prentice Hall University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Koide & Sawant. Edward Gibbon.new disciplines cognitive science . (Excerpts) Oriental Heritage 5.the great intellectual debates . Ionians . Silmon 3. Science . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. Sastras and Upanishds . Module III: The modern era . Dr Radhakrishnan S. Chisholm.East and West . Living With A Purpose 13.Ancient Indian texts .The Dark Ages . The Creative Life 9. Science & Scientific Method. Dr Radhakrishnan S.the earliest thinkers .Arts Vs. Towards A New World 15.4
GLIMPSES OF WORLD THOUGHT
Credits : 4
Module I Introduction .semiotics the science of signs. Incars . nihilism. Theory of Knowledge. The Rise and Fall of the Roman Empire 7. Dr Radhakrishnan S. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Copernicus and Kepler .Greek and Roman schools of thought Medieval ages &Renaissance .definition and implications in the various sciences . Decline of the West 8.the great inventors and discoveries and their relation to human thought (Darwin’s theory and growth of imperialism) .Mayars.Volumes .Vedas.Life of Grees. The Present Crisis of Faith 10.The History of ‘ideas’ . Dr Radhakrishnan S.the flowering of academic disciplines ..structuralism .The Philosophy of science and the development of the Scientific Method . The Pleasures Philosophy.
Values and Ethics – Integrity – Work Ethic – Service – Learning – Civic Virtue – Respect for Others – Living Peacefully – Caring – Sharing – Honesty – Courage – Valuing Time – Co-operation – Commitment – Empathy – Self Confidence – Character – Spirituality. SAFETY.08. Human Values and Professional Ethics. Collegiality and loyalty – Respect for authority – collective bargaining – Confidentiality – Conflicts of interest – Occupational crime – Professional rights – Employee rights – Intel lectual property Rights (IPR) – Discrimination. New Delhi. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Module III GLOBAL ISSUES: Multinational corporation – Environmental ethics – Computer ethics Weapons development – Engineers as managers – Consulting engineers and engineers as expert witness and advisor – Moral leadership – sample code of ethics like ASME.5 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS AND HUMAN VALUES
L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4
Module I HUMAN VALUES: Morals. Ethics in Engineering. Raghavan. S. References: 1. Mike W Martin and Schinzinger. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Jayashree Suresh. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.S. ENGINEERING ETHICS: Senses of “Engineering Ethics”– Variety of moral issues.Chand &Co. and B. Tata Mcgraw Hill. International Encyclopedia on Ethics. Types of inquiry – Moral dilemmas – Moral autonomy – Kohlberg’s theory – Gilligan’s theory – Consensus and Controversy – Models of Professionals Roles – Theories about right action – Self interest – Custom and religion – Uses of ethical theories. IEEE – Institution of engineers (India) – Indian Institute of Materials Management – Institution electronics and telecommunication engineering (IETE) India etc. New Delhi.506. Module II ENGINEERING AS SOCIAL EXPERIMENTATION: Engineering as experimentation Engineering as responsible experimenters – Codes of ethics – A balanced outlook on law – The challenger case study. John Ruth K. 2. S. ASCE. Chand & Co. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. 3. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3x20=60)
. RESPONSIBLITIES AND RIGHTS: Safety and risk – Assessment of safety and risk – Risk benefit analysis and reducing risk – The Three Mile Island and Chernobyl case studies..
Manjunath. Module II Natural Resources.Effects. 3 REFERENCES: 1. Environmental Protection. Scope & Importance. Effects of human activities on environment-Agriculture. Fluoride problem in drinking water. Mineral Resources. Economic and social Security.L. Noise pollution.Environment definition. Water borne diseases. Housing.Water Resources. 5. Legal aspects.Carbon.2005. Current Environmental Issues of Importance: Population Growth.08. 6. Prentice Hall of India. Women Education. Text book of Environmental Science & Technology – M.Role of Government. Animal Husbandry. 2 questions of 20 marks each. Prentice Hall India. Sustainable Development. In Part B. Hydrogen as an alternative future source of Energy. University Examination: Question Paper consists of two parts. Acid Rain. Public Health aspects. Environmental Education. Environmental Studies – Benny Joseph – Tata McgrawHill-2005 2.Availability and Quality aspects. Module III Environmental Pollution and their effects. Shelter. Automobile pollution. Pearson Education-2006. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. Mining and Transportation activities. Anji Reddy – BS Publication. 3. Environmental Studies – Dr. Biomass and Biogas. Venugoplan Rao. Nuclear. Solid waste management. 10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. D. Initiatives by Nongovernmental Organizations (NGO). Environmental Science and Engineering – Meenakshi. Rajagopalan – Oxford Publication . Nitrogen and Sulphur Cycles. 4. Principles of Environmental Science and Engineering – P. Forest Wealth. Industry. Need For Public Awareness. Basics of Environmental Impact Assessment. Climate Change and Global warming. Environmental studies – R. Electro-magnetic radiation. Energy – Different types of energy. Conventional and NonConventional sources – Hydro Electric. Human activities – Food. Material cycles.506. Fossil Fuel based.6
Module I Definition. Ozone Layer depletion. Eco system – Balanced ecosystem. Air Pollution. Water induced diseases. In Part A. Solar. Water pollution. Urbanization. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Land pollution.
Physical Characteristics. 4.theory...506. Joining of Dissimilar Materials. Laser Beam Welding. Vacuum brazing: Vacuum Brazing. I . 3. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).. Applications and Limitations. Weld Environment. Economics Materials and Applications. ASM Metals Hand Book “Welding and Brazing”. McGraw-Hill Inc. Khanna Publishers. 2. Materials and Applications. Schwartz M. Weld Quality and Process Control. Key Variables. Process Parameters. Diffusion Welding. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Joint Design Advantages. Plasma arc welding: Plasma Arc Welding.08. Advantages and Limitations.. “Metals Joining Manual”. 1998. Weld Quality. III and IV. 5. Equipment and Tooling. Welding in Different Degrees of Vacuum. Rossi. Disadvantages.S. Materials and Applications. 6. Limitations.7
ADVANCED WELDING TECHNOLOGY
Credits : 4 Module I Radiant energy welding: Electron Beam Welding. Vol. Equipment and Tooling. Stop-Off and Parting Agents. “Welding Processes and Technology”. Influence of Process Parameters.theory and Principle of Process. Metal Adhesive. Limitations and Applications. Transferred arc and NonTransferred arc Techniques. Equipment and Tooling. Welding Engineering. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.theory and Key Variables. 1979. Advantages.ASHE Vol . Module III Friction and diffusion welding: Friction Welding. Process Variants. Advantages and Limitations. 6. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. The electric welder. Udin et al. Different Stages of Friction Welding. Materials and Applications. mechanisms and Key Variables. Joint Design. Welding Engineers Hand Book. Explosive Welding. Delhi.II .Basic Principles. Amar R. Applications. Guns. Economics of Process. 7. Operating Characteristics. Advantages. Equipment and Safety. Ohio.theory and Key Parameters.M. Economics. Fixturing and Joint Design Shielding.ASM.Background of the Process. Applications. Materials and Applications. Economics.Characteristics of Process. Metallurgy of Welding. Joint Design. REFERENCES: 1. Weld Penetration and Shape. Intermediate Materials.theory and Principles. Mechanism of Bonding. Adhesive Bonding. Parameters. Joint Design. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Deformation Welding. Equipment and Tooling. 1988. Equipment. Module II Needle Arc Micro Plasma Welding . Teo goisky. Design.
Maintenance of sand properties for regular use – Sand conditioning . Camphell. Cores and core making – Purpose of cores – core prints – Types of cores – Core sand and ingredients – Requirements of core sands – Core sand mixtures – Binding materials – Core boxes – Types of core boxes – Process of core making – Core baking . steels and non ferrous metals – Composition . T. Loan moulds . Module III Melting and pouring : Types of furnaces used for cast irons . plaster moulds . size and charge calculations – Details and calculations in Cupola charging – New developments in cupola design. 4. plaster mould casting – Investment casting . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.8
Credits : 4 Module I Casting as process of manufacture – Its advantages and limitations Pattern making – Pattern materials – Factor effecting the choice of pattern materials – Pattern allowances – Types of pattern – Line diagram description and use of different types of patterns. Principles of Manufacturing materials and processes.08. Moulding process – Hand moulding tools and their uses – Different types of moulding boxes – Green sand moulds . Mechanisation in foundry – Elementary ideas of machines used for sand conditioning.CO2 process –Graphite and ceramic moulds – Centrifugal casting – Continuous castings . sand mixing – General properties of moulding sand – testing of moulding sand – Ingredients for moulding sand .Bhanga. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Special moulding and Casting processes – Shell moulding . Foundry Engineering. 2. knockout and fottling . Principles of Metal Casting. 3. synthetic sand .Special additives – Reliability of moulding sands . core creating . Howard. cement bonded moulds – bench moulding . insulators and exothermic compounds .R. core making . Theoretical considerations – Riser shape and directional solidification – General considerations for risering – Bling riser – Use of chills . floor moulding and pit moulding . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Modern foundry practice. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. core reinforcing – core venting etc. moulding . Russicof. Hine and Resenthal. Module II Moulding sands : Natural sand . 5. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. dry hand moulds . References 1.506. sand supply .colour codes of pattern . Gating and Risering – Solidification of pure metals and alloys in moulds – Factors affecting the nature and type of solidification – Gate and gating system – Types of gates – Deign of gating systems – Risering – Needs for risering – Requirements of a riser . Foundry practice.
Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.C.P. collection.Formation of air pollutants from combustion of fossil fuels and parameters controlling the formation. New Delhi. 7.Emission from SI and CI engines Evaporative emission control -Exhaust treatment devices . Peavy. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). New York. Mc Graw Hill. Engineering ". H. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION CONTROL
Credits : 4 Module I Environmental aspects . " Solid Water: Engineering Principles and Management Issues ". Academic Press.Noise pollution and their control. Mc Graw Hill.C. Air quantity .A.effect of air pollution on men and environment . H.Types of our air pollutants .Engineered systems for waste water treatment and disposal .W.08. 4. “Fundamental of Air Pollution ". A.Environmental quality . (1979).Rowe.Types and sources of solid waste . 3. (1977). storage and processing techniques .Control systems and instrumentation for pollution control. Module II Water pollution from tanneries and other industries . Boubce and W. Howard S. " Air Pollution: its Origin and Control ". S.Stern.Pollution thermal power plants and s nuclear power plants . (1976). 5.G.Warner. characteristics . Mc Graw Hill. " Climate and Energy ".Sources and control methods . Wark.Definition.Wonter.Role of environmental engineer. Ikken P.Impact of environment . and George Tchobanoglous.Lowry. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.J. Donald R.Solid waste disposal. Kenneth and Cecil F. 6. R. New Delhi. (1973). Metcalf and Eddy Inc. Tchobanoglous. Swart R.Elaisen. " Environmental 2. Dun Dunnellers.Theisan and R. (1985). References: 1.506. Characteristics and prospective . Mc Graw Hill. and Zwerves. New York. Module III Methods and equipment' for industrial waste treatment . New York. " Waste Water Engineering Treatment and Disposal Second Edition ". (1989).Solid waste management generation. Definition.
K Muralidhar . Stokes hypothesis. s temporal acceleration. potential flow in a sector. convective acceleration. Module-II Derivation of Hagen Poissule equations for velocity and discharge through a pipe.08. vortex and doublet.506. Navier-Stokes equation for in-compressible flow. acceleration. H. force and moment calculations (derivation of expression not required). favorable and adverse pressure gradients. vorticity. introduction to turbulent flow. V. complex flow potential. flow separation.10
ADVANCED FLUID MECHANICS
Credits : 4
Module I Description of fluid motion – Lagrangian and Eulerian approaches. K. complex flow potentials for source.flow over an ellipse. sink. equation of potential flow. Potential flow past a cylinder.Boundary layer thickness. stream functionvorticity formulation. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. gradient of velocity. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Prandtl boundary layer equations. Reynolds transport theorem. Viscometer based on rotating annulus. rate of strain. short notes of velocity measurement technique using (a) multi hole probes (b) Hot wire anemometers (c) LDV (d) PIV References: 1. stress. Potential flow.Momentum intergral equations. Displacement thickness and momentum thickness. mean and fluctuating components. Gersen . G Biswas. Velocity. theory of complex variables. Module-III Boundary layer theory. Schlichting. derivation of friction factor for laminar flow. Couette flow for negative. zero and positive pressure gradients. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Schawartz-Christoffel transformations. Elements of fluid mechanics. Vuan.conformal mapping. Stream function. potential flow between two parallel plates.Streetor. 3. Boundary layer theory. flow in a rotating annulus. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Fluid mechanics 4. Blasius solution for flow over a flat plate. rotation. flow over a vertical flat plate.Pohlhausen approximation solution of boundary layer for non zero pressure gradient flow.L. Newton' law of viscosity. concept of eddy viscosity. Advanced Engineering Fluid Mechanics 2. derivation of continuity and momentum equations using Reynolds transport theorem. vortex shedding.
2. functional sensory and smart composites. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Ronald Gibson. " Fiber-reinforced composites ".506. 1982. Introduction to Composite Materials. glass.design considerations . Tata McGraw Hill. Inter-metallics and alloys used for MMC and their properties.fracture mechanics and toughening mechanisms. Lee. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. thermoplastic and e1astomeric polymers. inspection and nondestructive testing.. characteristics.. cement and gypsum as matrices. Quality. cutting.fatigue properties .M. "Encyclopaedia of Composites (6 volumes)". 1994.Mallicak. 9. "Hand Book of Composites". 10. Van _Nostrand. Introduction to micro-mechanics-unidirectional lamina – laminar stresses– inter laminar stresses . 1998. by Stuart. Manufacture. 4. 3. polishing. Whiskers:.D. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Structural.J. Composite Material handbook. Failure predictions . Applications. properties and applications of CMC using fine ceramics.08. Inc. Chapman & hall. Structure. characteristics and utilisation as matrices. Manufacturing methods for thermo set thermoplastic and elastomeric PMC. Module II Fiber reinforced plastics: Reinforcement fibres:. waterjet cutting and laser machining. Schwartz M.D. plasma coating. aramid) and natural fibres. History. " Composite Materials. characteristics. McGraw HiIl. Manufacture of MMC. Properties of composites made and their applications. carbon. Ceramic Matrix Composites Chapman & Hall 8. " Stress Analysis of Fiber . M. 1994. welding of thermoplastic PMC. P.11 COMPOSITE MATERIALS TECHNOLOGY
L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4
Module I Composite Materials:. damage prediction. Classifications based on structure and matrices. Module III Ceramic Matrix Composites (CMC):. riveting and painting.impact properties environmental effects . Industrial scene. Reinhold Co. Chawla KK.Characteristics. S.codes . Technomic Publishing Company. VCH.design examples. properties and applications Polymer matrix composites (PMC):. International. Advanced post processing methods like ultrasonic welding.High strength man made (glass.Thermo set. New York. References 1. " Principles of Composite Material Mechanics ". University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Ed. Properties and applications. 7. Post processing operations:. 1980. 5. B. Monal Deklar Inc.Broutman. their properties-characteristics and applications. Ultra structure processing of ceramics.static mechanical properties .Matthews & R. carbon. their properties. New York-1 6.L. F. 1988.W. " Analysis and Performance of Fiber Composites ". TMH.Rawlings. Advantages and limitations. Metal Matrix Composites (MMC): Metals. Their characteristic features. Micael hyer.. bonding. George Lubin.Machining. John Wiley and Sons.Classification of ceramics and their potential role as matrices. London. New York.K. failure modes.Reinforced Composite Materials ".Definition. Agarwal and L.. Engineering and Sciences ". Tasi. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
File management .voice and Information services – Person to Person and group communication – Exchanging files – Foundations of modern networks – Local area networks – Wide area networks – Links between networks – Device and Media Protocols –Dial up Access – High bandwidth personal connections. William Sawyor & Hutchingson. Ltd. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Co. Tata Mc. MODULE III The Electronic web – Network applications – Fax . Production and Manufacturing – Business on the Internet – Health Issues Associated with the use of computers – Computer viruses – Intellectual property rights – Computer crime – Cryptography – Issues caused by computers – Recent developments in IT. REFERENCES 1. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Using Information Technology. Curtin et al.Multimedia – Introduction – Tools – multimedia authoring Tools – Presentation device – Multimedia on the web. Utilities – Document – centric computing . The Computer Systems – Types. Marketing . MODULE II Software – User Interface and Operating systems – Types . Programs – Programming languages – Programming methods – Programming Techniques – System analysis and design . Note :.08. Advertising . Word Processing & Desktop publishing – Entering and Editing documents – Other word processing features – Formatting documents – desktop Publishing for print and for the screen . IT in Business – Information processing – Transaction Processing – Computers for Management control . and sales – Design . 2. Spread sheet applications – Data base applications – Queries – Internet connectivity.This course is intended to provide an overview of fundamentals and concepts of IT useful to an undergraduate student in Mechanical Engineering only. CPU – Memory – Input and Output devices – Inputing text and Graphics – Printing Devices – The foundation of Modern outputs – Printers – Secondary storage devices and media. Graw Hill Pub.506. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.12 INTERNET TECHNOLOGIES
L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4
MODULE I Information Technology – Introduction – applications – The Internet and World wide web – the GPS. Information Technology : The Breaking wave. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
.Graw Hill Pub. Dennis P. IRWIN Mc.
Penetrant flaw detection: Principles: Process: Penetrant systems: Liquid penetrant materials: Emulsifiers: cleaners developers: sensitivity: Advantages: Limitations: Applications. al. Measurement of metal properties. Module III Magnetic methods: Advantages. 10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. University Examination: Question Paper consists of two parts. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60). REFERENCES: 1. Halmshaw 2.08.bridge tests Absolute single-coil system: applications. Ultrasonic testing of materials: Advantages.. In Part A. Electrical methods: Eddy current methods: potential-drop methods. field sensitive probes: applications. Nondestructive inspection and quality control 3. applications. Methods of generating fields: magnetic particles and suspending liquids Magnetography.13 NON DESTRUCTIVE TESTING
Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: Visual methods: Optical aids. Acoustic methods: Leak detection: Thermal inspection.506. Module II Radiographic methods and Limitations: Principles of radiography: sources of radiation. Other methods: Acoustic Emission methods. Applications. Non-Destructive Testing by Baldev Raj et. 4. In Part B. In-situ metallography.II. Narosa Publishing House. Generation of Ultrasonic waves. general characteristics of ultrasonic waves: methods and instruments for ultrasonic materials testing: special techniques. Metals Handbook Vol. Non-Destructive Testing by P. Limitations.Mcgomnagle. disadvantages. Electromagnetic testing: Magnetism: Magnetic domains: Magnetization curves: Magnetic Hysteresis: Hysteresis-loop tests: comparator . McGrawhill. Optical holographic methods. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Non-Destructive Testing by Warren J. gama-rays sources Recording of radiation: Radiographic sensitivity: Fluoroscopic methods: special techniques: Radiation safety. 2 questions of 20 marks each.X-rays sources. L-T-D: 3-1-0
. Dynamic inspection. Ionising radiation .
thermal and thermomechanical compacting processes. Advantages and limitations of these methods.14 POWDER METALLURGY
L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4
Module I Manufacture of metal powders : Conventional methods and modern methods of metal powder manufacture. Recrystallization. Sintering atmospheres.08. 3. Presses used for transmission. sintering temperature and time on sintered properties. Manufacturing and application of important P/M components : Porous bearing. Powder Metallurgy-Thumler 4. REFERENCES: 1. 2 questions of 20 marks each. Effect of compacting pressure. In Part B. Module II Powder compaction: Mechanical. Liquid phase sintering and related processes. E. Friction materials and Composites. II. University Examination: Question Paper consists of two parts. Types of sintering furnaces. Upadhayay 6. Purity of metal powders. Isostatic pressing. 2. Pore-growth and coalescence. Metallic filters. Powder forging.g. Cemented Tungsten carbide Production. Powder Metallurgy-Dixtor R. magnets.
. 5.H. Die design and tooling for consolidation of powders.506. Cemented carbides. Apparent density and flowability measurement. Roll of diffusion. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60). Powder Metallurgy-ASM Vol. Powder characterization: problem of size determination. Method of size analysis and surface area assessment. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). In Part A. 10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Powder Metallurgy-Sands and Shakespeare. Blending techniques. Module III Theories of sintering: Sintering mechanism.Upadhayay. New methods of consolidation. Electrical contact materials. Powder Metallurgy-Gopal S. Pore emigration. properties and testing.Gopal S. Powder rolling. and Clayton.
effect of competition and control. "The Motor vehicle Act ". survey of rout. London. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Faulks -Road and Coach Operation 2. estimated traffic possibility. centralized & decentralized condition (Engineering. duty roaster.Driver and mechanic hiring . welfare.D. supply management and budget: Scheduled and unscheduled maintenace . checking efficiency of crew.Methods of fare collection . McGraw-Hill Co..Data processing systems . types of permits. In Part A. 10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. llliffe and Sons Ltd. Cost of inventory . W.Computer controlling of fleet activity . 1984.types of driving licenses. 1989.. " Bus operation ". registration of vehicle..Planning and scope .Registration of motor vehicles .08. Rev. " Traffic engineering and Transport Planning ". town planning.Control of repair backlogs . time table layout. 3-1-0
. Job instruction training .Lists for driver and mechanic .Control of permits .D. factors affecting frequency. third party insurance.Energy management. use of vehicle running numbers. 2 questions of 20 marks each. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60). administration.Budget activity .L. Data Processing And Fare Structure : Fleet management and data processing .Evaluation of PMI programme – Work scheduling Overtime . determination of vehicle efficiency. duty of drivers and conductors. straight and tapered scales fare structure .traffic signs Constructional regulations .Bin tag systems – Time management . 3.15 VEHICLE TRANSPORT & FLEET MANAGEMENT
Credits 4 Module I Organization and management. Basis of fares. health and safety. recruitment and training. zone systems. stopping places. direction of traffic flow.Licensing of drivers .L. preparation of vehicle and crew schedules. use of flat graph method. turning points. principle of transport. calculating average charge.Training devices and techniques . III Edition.R. management.Driver checklist . procedure for obtaining permits..Forms of ownership.Parts control . Motor vehicle act: Importance of motor vehicle act. Goverment Publication. 4.Basic principles of supervising. Vehicle maintenance. University Examination: Question Paper consists of two parts.506. Kitchin.Time record keeping . procedure for obtaining driving license.Trip leasing Module II Route planning and Scheduling: Sources of traffic. internal organization.Preparation of fare table. "Fleet management ". traffic and administration).Capital expenditures Classification of vehicle expenses Module III Fleet Management.Software Model . References: 1. 1992. John Dolu.Cost of options.Balancing inventory cost against downtime . L-T. In Part B. duty arrangements. Organising Time and people.Limits of speed . Kadiyali. 5.Breakdown analysis . Schedules and sections . Management Training and Operations.
.Schematic layout of a refrigeration system.. Psychrometry and air composition Adiabatic saturation and Thermodynamic wet bulb temperature Basic air conditioning system . Refrigerant: Containers . 2..Servicing heater system Removing and replacing components.Automatic temperature control . McGraw-Hill Inc. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).. 1978.Controlling flow . Mitchell information Services. Damkundwar .Diagnostic procedure . MacDonald. Reston Publishing Co Inc. 1989. K.Heating System: Automotive heaters .Automatic temperature control – Duct system . 10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.506. Paul Weiser. 5. " Mitchell Automatic Heating and Air Conditioning Systems ".Refrigeration and Air Conditioning 7.Ambient conditions affecting system pressures. William H Crouse and Donald L Anglin.Manually controlled air conditioner Heater system . " Automotive Air Conditioning ". Theodore Audel series.Tapping into the refrigerant container Refrigeration system diagnosis ..08.Ford automatically controlled air conditioner and heater systems . 2 questions of 20 marks each.Expansion value calibration . Leslie. F. Thermostatic expansion value . In Part B. Prentice Hall Ind.Evaporator pressure regulator . " Automotive Air Conditioning ". 3.Handling refrigerants .Evaporator temperature regulator. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60). In Part A. MODULE III Air Routing & Temperature Control: Objectives . 3-1-0 Credits 4
MODULE I Airconditioning Fundamentals: Definition of Air Conditioning. References: 1. 1990.D.Refrigeration and Air Conditioning University Examination: Question Paper consists of two parts. C.Controlling evaporator temperature .Location of air conditioning components in a car . Air Conditioning Service: Air conditioner maintenance and service . 4.Air conditioning protection – Engine protection.Condenser and high pressure service ports. 1990. Dwiggins . Trouble shooting of air controlling system – Compressor service. Inc.PArora . MODULE II Air Conditioner .16 AUTOMOTIVE AIRCONDITIONING
L-T.L.Vacuum reserve .Evaporator care air flow through the Dash recirculating unit .Automotive Air Conditioning 6. Compressor components . Gamines &Boyce L. " Automotive Air conditioning ".Testing the air control and handling systems.
necessities. 10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. layouts. shaft drive and variable drive mechanisms and their constructional aspects. high tension and low tension magneto ignition. transmission References: 1. scavenging efficiency. valve timing.R. microprocessor controlled ignition system etc. constructional features and types of oil seals. 3-1-0 Credits 4
MODULE-I General Introduction: Motor cycles. London. " The Cycle Motor Manual ".E." A practical guide to maintenance and repair ".. shock absorber systems. Marshall Cavensih.. 1989. different arrangement of cylinders. valves and valve actuating mechanisms.D . 3. mufflers & silencers. 1987. 4. lighting system. 20 volumes ". " Motor cycle Engineering ". covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). " Encyclopedia of Motor cycling. 2.506. Catalytic converters.V. different types of synchronizers. Bryaut. Lambretta . multiple disc clutch. 1990. comparison with battery ignition system. merits and demerits. reed valves. mopeds and three wheeled vehicles.. Raymond Broad. carburetion system and operation. starting motor. In Part A. selective and progressive gear boxes. Power plants: Two stroke and four stroke. Scavenging pump.Different types . 2 questions of 20 marks each. Front and rear brake links layouts. London. Wheels and tyres: Drum brakes.08. Types of scavenging processes. MODULE-III Body: Constructional details of frames and front fork suspension systems. Tyres and tubes . arrangements. In Part B. MODULE-II Power transmission: Clutches.
. Rotary valve engine lubrication and fuel supply systems in two wheelers. Disc wheel. Disc types. New York and London. cast wheel. centrifugal clutch. Electrical systems: Magneto ignition system. 5. electronic ignition systems like CDI. " Vespa Maintenance and Repair series ".P. 6. Temple PressLtd. accessories horn. body manufacturer and paints & Painting methods Brakes.. Case study of two and three wheelers: Salient features of modern two wheelers. Spoked wheel. scooters. 1992. engine ports. Temple Press Book. Three wheelers – different types. constructional aspects. Service Manuals of popular Indian two and three wheeled vehicles University Examination: Question Paper consists of two parts.17 TWO AND THREE WHEELED VEHICLES
L-T. bearing system. Disc brakes. classification. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60). gear drive. Irving.
Bending of beams. shear centre. Analysis of stress in two dimensions. Analysis of strain. Rectangular stress components. Transformation of stresses. Plane stress and plane strain. T. Torsion of bars with narrow rectangular cross-section. Compatibility conditions.H 2. Theory of Elasticity. Torsion of thin. 3.M. Principal stress and Principal planes. Differential equations of equilibrium in rectangular co-ordinates. Torsion of rolled sections. Reciprocal relations. Solid Mechanics. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).ELECTIVE II
ADVANCED MECHANICS OF SOLIDS
Credits : 4
Module I Analysis of stress.606. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.A Kazimi . State of pure shear. Engessers theorem. Planes of maximum shear. L. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Mc Graw Hill. S. References: 1.M. Torsion of circular. Straight beams and asymmetrical bending. shear stresses in thin walled open sections. Module II Energy methods. Castigliano’s II theorem. Maxwell-Betti-Rayleigh reciprocal theorem. elliptic and equilateral triangular bars. Theorem of virtual work. Center of twist and flexural centre. Stress-Strain relations. Torsion of thin. Timoshenko and Goodier. Advanced Mechanics of Solids. State of stress at a point.H. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. stress components on an arbitrary plane.walled tubes.walled multiple cell closed sections. strain-displacement relations–Principal strains and principal axes.M. Fictitious load method. Castigliano’s I theorem. Bending of curved bars (Winkler–Bach formula) Module III Torsion -Torsion of General prismatic bars. Membrane analogy.T.
Principle of MHD Generators – Choice of generator parameters – Applications.Fundamentals and Applications. 4.Thermal storage. L.Design and construction. References : 1. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. Geothermal Energy. Photoelectric conversion – Conceptual Description of photovoltaic effect – Solar cell – Materials and prospects .Principle of biogas production.Principle of OTEC systemsOcean wave energy conversion systems. Rao & Parulekar – “ Energy Technology”.Thermoelectric effects.socio. Fuel cells.Thermodynamics of fuel cells. Coobme – “An Introduction to Direct Energy Conversion”. Hydrogen.Fusion fuels and reactions. R. 2.2
NEW ENERGY SYSTEMS
Credits : 4 Module I
Direct Energy Conversion Systems: Basic principles of thermoelectric and thermionic generations.Biogas energy. Khanna Publishers. New York. A. Sheldon S. John wiley & Sons. Storage and Transportation – production and application of methanol.Production and containment of plasma – Fusion – breeder concept. “Non.Biogas plants.Resources. Chang – “Energy Conversion”.Wind forms.economic relevance.08. ‘Solar Energy Thermal Processes”. Isaac Pitman & Son Ltd.generator systems.Wind turbine. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.Energy resources – Geothermal electrical power plants – Non-electric applications. D.Tidal power. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Applications.Selection of fuel and operating conditionsPractical fuel cells – The Redox cell. Rai. Duff ice & Beckman. Prentice Hall Inc.Solar collectors and Concentrationsperformance analysis of flat plate collectors. Module III Wind Energy. 3.Merits and demerits. Module II Nuclear fusion.Sustained fusion reaction.Solar – wind hybrid.Introduction and Applications.Solar thermal devices – Solar power generation. G. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Design and selection of materials.Production. Solar energy – Terms and definitions.Conventional Energy Sources” 5.606. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Ocean Power.
writing console applications utility and math packages Module II Swing programming . Naughton Patrick & Herbert Schildt.Java servlets . connecting to database . JDBC & Java Beans Programming.creating animations Java beans development kit . Jamie Jaworski.Java IDL and ORBs.Java native interface References: 1. Servlets. Campione.developing beans . Campione M.object serialization and Java spaces .Java virtual machine . Swings.08.creating window applications . Addison Wesley 2.printing . Walrath & Huml Tutorial team.JAR files .notable beans .exceptions and abstract classes . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).GUI building with canvas .working with remote objects .3 OBJECT OREINTED PROGRAMMING
L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I OOPS and Java basics . Holzner S.Java applet writing basics . “The Java Tutorial Continued: The Rest of the JDK”. “Java 2: The Complete Reference”.network programming client and server Programs . “Java 2 Platform Unleashed: The Comprehensive Solution”.applet classes .Java platform API . Addison Wesley 5.606.support into web applications . Java 2.working with swing components .RMI and distributed applications . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.using JDBC . “ The Java Tutorial: Object-Oriented Programming for the Internet”. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. IDG Books 4. SAMS Teachmedia 3.applet security .naming and directory services .using the clipboard .CORBA .working with Java management APIS Module III Distributed application architecture .using audio and video .. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.extended security model .input/output streams .JSDK . & Walrath K.working with 2D and 3D Graphics . Tata McGraw Hill University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.integrating database .
Module I Credits : 4
Review of Elementary nuclear physics: Atomic structure – nuclear energy and nuclear forces – Nuclear fission.Van Nostrand Co University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Materials of reactor construction – Fuel . coolant – Structural materials – Cladding –Radiation damage. Radiation safety : Reactor shielding – Radiation dozes – Standards of radiation protection – Nuclear waste disposal. Nuclear reactions and radiations – Principles of radio active decay interactions of an ray with matter – Neutron cross sections and reactions – The fission process – Chain reactions – Basic principles of controlled fusion . References 1. moderator . Description of reactor system – Main components – Control and safety features . Source book on atomic energy –.606. Module II Boiling water reactor .08. Nuclear reactor principles – Reactor classification – Critical size – Basic diffusion theory Slowing down of neutrons – Neutrons – Neutron flux and power – Four factor formula – Criticality condition – Basic features of reactor control . D. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Classtone & Sesonske. Module III Reactor heat removal / equations of heat transfer as applied to reactor cooling – Reactor heat transfer systems – Heat removed in fast reactors . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. 2. Nuclear reactor Engineering –D Van Nostrand Co. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. S Glasstono. Nuclear fuels : Metallurgy of Uranium – General principles of solvent extraction – Reprocessing of irradiated fuel – Separation process fuel enrichment .
MECHANICAL WORKING METHODS
Credits : 4
MODULE I Introduction : Elements of mechanical processing systems – Definition of mechanical working – Hot and cold working – Comparison with other processing systems . 3. blanking drawing and bending – Compound and progressive dies – Computation of capacities and tonnage requirements for blanking . Press working of metals – Description and classification of the processes – Product and die design for shearing . ASTME. 5. C B Cole . Alexander Brower. References: 1. Elastic and plastic behaviour – Yielding and yield stress – Conventional stress – Strain curve and true stress-strain curve – Ductile and brittle behaviour – The flow curve. 2.A brief survey of the characteristics and composition of the common ferrous and non ferrous alloys and non metallic materials used for mechanical working . The Design Handbook. Energy and power requirements in plastic deformation – Factors affecting plastic deformation. Manufacturing properties of Materials. ASTME. MODULE III Forging . Tool Design.Need for heat treatments after mechanical working – Heat treatment methods – Furnaces for pre heating and heat treatment MODULE II Materials for mechanical working .08. Fundamentals of tool design. Principles of Manufacturing Materials and processing. Need for preheating. Extrusion and Wire drawing – Principles of product design and die design in forging – Calculation of forging loads and selection of hammers and process for forging – Design of extrusion and wire – drawing dies – Computation of power requirements problems encountered and defects in the above processes . Cambell.– Deformation temperature – Rate of deformation – Friction and Lubrication. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. 6.Rolling Metals – Fundamental principles of metal rolling classification of rolled products. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3x20=60)
. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Metal Working Technology.piercing and drawing operations – Process selection and selection of process problems and defects in press working . types and sizes – Basic principles of draughting schedule design and roll pass design (simple examples ) Roll load and power required in rolling – Problems encountered and defects in rolling practice. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Richard Little.
CLOS Introduction to understanding natural language .languages .the blackboard architecture Module II Knowledge intensive problem solving .A.issues . Addison Wesley University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.control and implementation of state space search production systems .structures and strategies for state space search . The Elements of Artificial Intelligence..heuristic search algorithms heuristics in games ..higher order functions and procedural abstractions ..search .nonmonotonic systems . Harcourt Asia Pte. Tanimotto S. Tata McGraw Hill 4. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
.model based reasoning .statistical approach . Ltd. Artificial Intelligence .fuzzy sets .expert system shell in LISP . 3.606.conceptual graphs .propositional calculus .history and applications . Artificial Intelligence.search strategies . Winston P.network representation . Luger G.J. Elain Rich & Kevin Knight.expert system technology .H. & Stubblefield W.F.reasoning with uncertain or incomplete information .logic programming in LISP .08. Nilsson N. Artificial Intelligence.knowledge representation problem .inference rules . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).case based reasoning .introduction to automated reasoning introduction to machine learning References: 1.recursion interpreters . Computer Science Press 5..structured representation Module III Languages and programming techniques for AI .complexity issues . Addison Wesley 2. LISP. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.planning .pattern matching .knowledge representation .6
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE SYSTEMS
Credits : 4
Module I Definition .predicate calculus .L. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.A New Synthesis.overview of LISP .network representations and inheritance .rule-based expert systems .streams and delayed evaluation .
.tests for random numbers . Prentice Hall of India Private Limited 2.Introduction to simulation software for manufacturing applications salient features of simulation languages such as general purpose simulation system (GPSS) and simulation language for alternative modelling (SLAM) .Chi-square goodness of fit test Verification and validation of simulation models . System Simulation with Digital Computer. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.D.data collection .output analysis for steady-state simulations . Modelling and Analysis of Manufacturing Systems. Banks J.the Kolmogorov-Smirnov test and the Chi-square test .face validity .. Kelton W.exponential.identifying the distribution using histograms .inverse transformation method .sample size determination for a specified precision .system design and system postulation . Discrete-Event System Simulation.objectives ..issues in simulation of manufacturing systems . Prentice-Hall of India Private Limited 4.components of a system . Law A..verification of simulation models .G. uniform and empirical discrete and empirical continuous distributions .comparison of simulation and analytical models .batch means method.concepts in discrete event system simulation . System Simulation.D. Carson J.output analysis for terminating simulations confidence interval estimation for a fixed number of replication . Gordon G.L.P.A. & Nelson B. & Sadowski D.606.random variate generation .performance measures . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.Input modelling for simulation . Sadowski R.output analysis for a single model .. & Kelton W.types of simulations with respect to output analysis.. Askin R.W.Monte Carlo simulation .R. WCB/McGraw Hill International Editions University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
.. single queue systems and simple inventory systems . Simulation Modelling and Analysis. Deo N. & Standridge C.steps in a simulation study . Simulation modelling and analysis of manufacturing systems .frequency tests .event scheduling/time advance algorithm .simulation of simple job shop manufacturing systems .parameter estimation . Simulation with ARENA. Module III Measures of performance and their estimation .system analysis . McGraw Hill International Editions 6.08. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).initialization bias replication method .types of system study .validation of model assumptions and validating input-output transformations .techniques for generating random numbers .discrete and continuous systems .S.examples of simulation of single server. Third Edition.modelling world views Module II Random number generation .system simulation .salient features of simulators such as WITNESS and ARENA References: 1.system modelling types of models .7
SYSTEM MODELLING AND SIMULATION
Credits : 4 Module I System concepts .calibration and validation of models .confidence intervals with specified precision .. John Wiley 3. Prentice Hall of India Private Limited 5.
Direct methods. Speed.Level indicator.Head flow meters. A.Measuring system for resistance thermometers and Thermocouples. M. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
.Types of transducers. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.Voltage and current generating Analog type. Process Instrument and Control Hand Book. Application and Design. R.Boiler drum.RotameterMeasurements of liquid level. Sources of error.Force balance principles. E. Set point.Block diagram. 2. Pribanco.Classification of control system. Time element.I Measurement: Aims. REFERENCES: 1.Measuring devices and their ranges. MODULE – III Control system. Considine. Simple transducer elements.Ring balance – Impulse line layout.Sensing element: TypesSensors for motion. MODULE – II Measurement of pressure.Area flow meters.First order proportional and second order proportional elements.squire root extraction.Deformation of elastic members. E.Inferential methods.Temperature scales. Measurement of flow.Specification for transducers.Flow transducers. Force.Fundamental methods. Basic fixed point. ** Electrical transformation. Jain.Transfer functions.Functions of Instrument.606.Bridge circuits.Rule of Block diagram algebra. Errors in measuring Instruments. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. 3. Frequency and pulse generating transducers. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). D.K.Filled system thermometersAmbient temperature compensation.Calibration Low pressure measuring devices. Measurements System. Mechanical and Industrial Measurements.Measurement systems.Static and dynamic Measurements.Calibration. Error distribution.Fleat monometers. Measurement of Temperature.Angular motion.Routh – Hurvitz criterion.Nyquist criterion. 4.Dynamic response – Analogues circuits stability of control systems.Primary elements – Secondary elements.8 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL
L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE.08.Identification of plat Characteristics. Variable parameter Analog type. Terminology. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. O Doeblin.Electrical type and mechanical type. Industrial Instrumentation.
Credits : 4
MODULE I Importance of Materials Handling- Principles of Materials Handling – Principal groups of Materials handling equipments – General characteristics and applications of materials handling equipments – Modern trends in Materials handling . Lifting equipments – hoist –Components of hoist – Load handling attachments – hooks , grabs and clamps – Grabbing attachments for bulk materials – Wire ropes – and chains – MODULE II Lifting tackle pulleys for gain of force and speed – Tension in drop parts – Drums , shears and sprockets - Arresting gear and brakes – block brakes , band brakes , thrust brakes – Safety and hand cranks .Principle operation of EOT , Gantry and jib cranes – Hoisting Mechanisms , travelling mechanisms , luffing mechanisms – slewing mechanisms – Elevators and lifts . MODULE III Conveying Machines - Belt conveyers – Types , principal components of a conveyor and their purpose – Conveyor belts – tractive elements – take up devices – Special types of belt conveyors - Metal belt conveyors – Apron conveyors – Elevators , Passenger conveyors – Flight conveyors , Principal types and applications – Bucket flight conveyors – Cradle conveyors – Conveyor elevators .Overhead Conveyors – Principal types and applications – Overhead pusher conveyor – Overhead load towing truck conveyors – Load carrying car conveyors – Load towing and walking beam conveyors – Bucket elevators – Cradle conveyors – Screw conveyors - Oscillating conveyors – Roller conveyors – Hydraulic and pneumatic conveyors – Chutes – bins. REFERENCES 1. Rudanko, Material Handling Equipments. 2. Alexandr V ,Material Handling Equipment. 3. A. Spivakvsky and V. Dyachkov , Conveying Machines University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each, covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each, from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
08.606.10 AGRO MACHINERY
Credits : 4 MODULE I Tractors – Design and Operating principles of Engine transmission and control systems – Working details of different types of attachment in the tractor –Tillage – Soil structure – Moisture – Temperature and aeration – Destruction of weeds and posts – Types of tractor plough – Life Mechanisms. Pumps and Spraying machinery – Types of pumps and their selection – Installation and working details – Regulating arrangements spraying machinery Spray pumps – Nozzles – Vibrated broom distribution – Spray materials – Types of field crop sprayers – Aircraft spraying – Dusting machines . MODULE II Earth moving equipments – Drainage Excavators – Ditching equipments – trench cutting machines – Bull dozers – Angle dozers – Earth scooper – graders – tractor winches – Road sweepers – Slurry scrappers .Working details of machinery like : Cultivators – harro weeding equipments – land levellers – seed drills – grass seed drills – Ridgers – Gapping or thinning machines – Manure distributors – Speeders – Lawn movers – Rotary grass cutters – Hay leaders - Silage and silage machinery – Winnowers - Combined clearing and grading machinery. MODULE III Machinery for milk production – Essentials of milking machines – Types of milking plane – Bucket , direct to churn milking parlours – Bulk handing milking bails – Milk cooling and serialisation – Cream separators .Testing of Machinery – H.P. Developed – other performance tests and testing equipments – wear testing , life testing – Tractor draw bar performance curves – Characterises curves for pumps – Maintenance Engineering – Servicing – check up – sparo parts – stand by sparo parts requirements – Service workshop – Organisation and management – Labour and Machinery required References: 1. Rodichev and G.Rodicheva, "Tractor and Automobiles ", MIR Publishers, 1987. 2. Kolchin.A., and V.Demidov "Design of Automotive engines for tractor ", MIR Publishers, 1972. 3. A. Guruvech and B. Sorekin- Tractors, MI1R Publishers Moscow, 1975 4. Geleman and M. Maskovin- Farm tractors, MIR. Publishers, Moscow, 1975 5. Smith , Harris Pearson & Wilkes, Lambert Henry- Farm machinery and equipment, TATA McGraw Hill Publications, 1977 6. Herbert Nicholos- Moving the earth. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each, covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each, from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0
08.606.11 TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT
L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4
Module 1 Introduction to the concept of quality - Small ‘q’ & Big ‘Q’- Total quality model – internal and external customer -TQM axioms Quality management philosophies: Major contributions of Deming, Juran and Crossby to quality management- Juran Trilogy, PDCA Cycle, 5S, Kaizen – Cost of quality- quality and cost-Characteristics of quality cost - Barriers to TQM Implementation. Module II TQM Principles-Customer satisfaction – Customer Perception of Quality, Customer Complaints, Service Quality, Customer Retention, Employee Involvement – Motivation. Quality planning: SWOT analysis-Strategic planning-strategic grid-organizational culture. Customer orientation: Customer focus-customer satisfaction model-customer retention model-Quality Function Deployment Module III Problem solving process: Steps involved in problem solving-Quality control tools: Brain storming-Histograms-Check sheets- Pareto diagram-Ishikawa diagram-Control chartsScatter diagram- Introduction to seven new management tools. Continuous improvement strategies: Deming wheel- Zero defect concept- Six sigma approach – application of six sigma approach to various industrial situations. Quality circles- Benchmarking- Quality standards – Need of standardization - ISO 9000 series – ISO 14000 series – Other contemporary standards. REFERENCES 1. Dale H.Besterfiled, et al., “Total Quality Management”, Pearson Education, Inc. 2003. (Indian reprint 2004). ISBN 81-297-0260-6. 2 L .Suganthi and Anand A Samuel :Tatal Quality Management, Prentice Hall of India New Delhi. 3. K Sridhara Bhat :Total Quality Management , Text and cases. Himalaya Publishing House. 4. James R.Evans & William M.Lidsay, “The Management and Control of Quality”, (5th Edition), South-Western (Thomson Learning), 2002 (ISBN 0-324-06680-5). 5. Feigenbaum.A.V. “Total Quality Management”, McGraw-Hill, 1991. 6. Oakland.J.S. “Total Quality Management”, Butterworth Hcinemann Ltd., Oxford, 1989. 7. Narayana V. and Sreenivasan, N.S. “Quality Management – Concepts and Tasks”, New Age International 1996. 8. Zeiri. “Total Quality Management for Engineers”, Wood Head Publishers, 1991 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each, covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each, from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
micro nozzles.micro machines – structures .. Oxford University Press.R. Stephen A. 1996. Module II Static stiffness and its influence and inaccuracy due to thermal effects in the machine tools: Overall stiffness of a lathe-compliance of work piece-errors caused by cutting forces deformation in turning-boring-milling-heat sources-thermal effects-rate of thermal expansion. Randy Frank. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Artech House. Smart structures. “Precision Engineering in Manufacturing”.L. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. Oxford University Press. Murthy.606. 1996. Dimensioning accuracy and surface finish: Definition of terms – dimensional chains – dimensional stepped shaft-assigning tolerances in the constituent dimensions-dimensional chains – concepts of precision machining-finish turning-boring-grinding.micro pumps . “Nano Technology”.Campbell. 1996.micro motors . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. REFERENCES: 1. “The Science and Engineering of Micro electronic Fabrication”.12 PRECISION ENGINEERING
L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4
Module I Concept of accuracy and of machine tools: Part accuracy–errors. 3. 4. Processing of materials-electron beam machining-iron beam machining-micro forming. New Age International (P) Ltd.micro optics . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. accuracy of machine toolsspindle accuracy. “Understanding Smart Sensors”.micro dynamometer . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Module III Micro manufacturing process: Micro machining-photo resist process-lithography-optical. Boston.displacement accuracy-errors due to numerical interpolation-definition of accuracy of NC system-errors in the NC machines-feed stiffness-zero stability. diamond turning-micro positioning devices.08. 2. materials and micro actuators: Smart Structures-smart sensors-micro valves-MEMS .cooling channels . Norio Tanigughi.
covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Injection. REFERENCES 1..Finishing of sintered parts. Powder metallurgy processes: Methods of Powder production – Blending of metal powdersCompaction of metal powders.C. 4. “Manufacturing Processes” John Wileys Sons..wet etching – dry etching – wire bonding and packaging – printed circuit boards – Micro machining – Bulk micro machining – surface micro machining. Pearson Education..08. Schemid. vacuum bag – contact – resin transfer – transfer / injection.L. 2003 2. “Plastic Processing Technology”. Brahem. slush casting. 1994. I. 5.606. E. 1995.A. Module II Manufacturing processes for plastics: Extrusion.. “Manufacturing processes for Engineering Materials”. Materials park. ASM Int. ceramic shell investment casting. “Manufacturing Engineering and Technology”. U. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. “Advanced machining”. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. 6. Serope Kalpakjian. 1987. Muccic. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) Credits : 4
. ceramic moulds – spray deposition . 3. Serope Kalpakjian. Third Edition.F. Amstead B. Addision-Wesley.1989. Ostwald Phylips and Bageman. “Introduction to microelectronic Fabrication”.H.Lithographydiffusion and Ion implementation – Etching . Fourth edition. squeeze casting and semisolid metal forming-Rapid solidification for Amorphous alloys. Module III Manufacturing processes for MEMS: Introduction to MEMS – semiconductors and silicon – crystal growing and wafer preparation –Films and film deposition – Oxidation.S. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.. Jaeger R.Smith. Rapid prototyping and rapid tooling: Introduction – Stereo lithography – Fused deposition moulding – selective laser machining – Laminated object manufacturing – solid base curing – Direct manufacturing and rapid tooling.Single crystal silicon reactive etching (SCREAM) .AddisonWesley Publication Co. selective laser Sintering – Other shaping processes – Metal Injection moulding.silicon micro machining by single step plasma etching (SIMPLE) – Etching combined with fusion bonding – LIGA micro fabrication process – Solid free form fabrication. Blow and rotational moulding of plastics-Thermoforming-Compression moulding – Transfer moulding – Foam moulding Processing of reinforced plastics and composite –Moulding – compression.K.. pressureless compaction.. OHIO.plaster mold and ceramic mold casting – vacuum casting – Evaporative pattern casting.13 ADVANCED MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
L-T-D: 3-1-0 Module I Advances in casting: Newer casting processes .Sintering – hot pressing –Isostatic pressing – hot and cold (HIP and CIP).T. 1988.R. Filament winding. Steven R.
Important lens defects and their correction. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Chemical analysis by X-rays. particle size.Humphreys and R.14 MATERIAL CHARACTERISATION
L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4
Module I Scope of metallographic studies in materials science.1970 2. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.Wesley publishing company. Indexing of powder photographs. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. Publishers :Taylor and francis. resolving power. grain size determination volume fraction of phases etc. indexing of selected area diffraction patterns. magnification. Selected area diffraction. 2001 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.C . structure factor and intensity calculations. depth of field and depth of focus. Scanning electron microscopy: construction.08. X-ray diffraction. Optical microscopy. Image formation.Goodhew.Publishers :Sir Isac pitman and Sons LTD . reciprocal lattice and Ewald sphere construction. Particle size determination Module III Construction and working principles of transmission electron microscopes. Bright field and dark field contrast. magnification. Transmission electron microscopy –D. Bragg’s law of diffraction. resolution and magnification. Beanland .606. Electron microscopy and analysis: P. Gifkins. J. sample preparation.Planum press Newyork 1996. quantitative analysis using optical microscopy (inclusion analysis. by a unit cell. Stereographic projection. Bright field and dark field images.B Williams and C.J.) Module II Production and properties of X-rays. principles of phase contrast. modes of operation. micro and macro strain on diffraction lines. sample preparation techniques. elementary treatment of image contrast. resolution of a microscope. Energy Dispersive Spectroscopy.D Cullity . depth of focus. References: 1. interference and polarized light microscopy. numerical aperture. publishers addition . Effect of texture. Stress measurement. Elements of X-Ray diffraction :B. Understanding image formation. Wavelength Dispersive Spectroscopy. Scattering of an electron by an atom.Barry carter . Optical microscopy of metals : R. image formation. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. 3. 4. interaction of electrons with matter.
Mohamed Gad-el-Hak. micro fabrication Technologies. . smart materials. microdrilling. CRC Press.08. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Future of MEMS. Micromechanics: Microstructure of materials.Bulk Micro Machining-LIGA – Microsystems packaging. 2006. micromilling. micro scale transport – feed back systems. 2. twinning and domain patterns. “Microchip fabrication”.606.Binderless wheel – Free form optics. healthcare. Jackson. 2004.. Mark J. “Introduction to Micro Fabrication”. Aerospace. “The MEMS Handbook”. defence. Micro electro mechanical system fabrication: Introduction – Advance in Micro electronics – characteristics and Principles of MEMS – Design and application of MEMS: Automobile.Micromachining tool design. UK. and diffusional phase transformations. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Material properties. 2006. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Module III Precision Grinding-Partial ductile mode grinding. ferroelectric. Structural behavior. “Micro fabrication and Nanomanufacturing”. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0
. Sámi Franssila. 2004. REFERENCES: 1. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.Materials for MEMS – MEMS fabrication. sensing methods. McGraw Hill. its connection to molecular structure and its consequences on macroscopic properties – Phase transformations in crystalline solids including marten site. 2002..Electro chemical Machining. Peter Van Zant. “fundamental of Micro fabrication”. Electron beam machining. CRC Press. John Wiley and sons Ltd. Clean roomyield model – Wafer IC manufacturing – PSM – IC industry-New Materials-Bonding and layer transfer-devices.15 MICROMACHINING METHODS
Credits : 4 Module I Introduction to Micro System design. Madore J. industrial properties etc.Ultraprecision grinding. 3. Module II Micro-fabrication: Bulk processes – surface processes – sacrificial processes and Bonding processes – special machining: Laser beam micro machining-Electrical Discharge Machining – Ultrasonic Machining. 4. Mechanical micromachining: Theory of micromachining-Chip formation-size effect in micromachining-microturning. 5. CRC Press.
Work holding devices different types – Design of drill jigs . Load variation during blanking – Reduction of cutting load stock step . Fundamentals of tool design. strap layout . striper . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Design considerations . forming . knecleant plates . Fundamentals of Fixture Design. press cycle . Edward G. Fine blanking .Hoffman. bush specifications. 3. Types of dies . Jig and Fixture Design Hand Book. milling fixtures. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. References: 1.16 TOOL ENGINEERING (MU)
L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4
MODULE I Jigs and fixtures – Necessity for jigs and fixtures – Elements of fixtures .. progressive die . Cysil Donaldson.606. Tool Design. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). compound die . metal flow during drawing operations .Koraskove Mir.08. modular fixtures . coining . fixtures for CNC machines . MODULE II Press work tools . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. simple die . flexible fixtures . V. Fixture for lathe operations. forming dies – Embossing . Blanking and piercing tools . locators . William and Boyes.TMH 2. advantages – sheet metal bending –Bending dies . MODULE III CAD for tooling :-Turret press FMS – Computer applications (CAD /CAM) in short metal press work – Quick die change method – Single minute exchange of dies – group tooling – Design of single point tools – Plastic as a tooling materials – Fluidised bed fixturing. Types of locators clamping . 4.
R. Fairbrother – Principles and practice of Vehicle body repair.I.08. Minor auto body repairs: types of body fillers and its application. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. Mechanical and physical properties of automotive materials. Peters. body bay systems (flexi-force). covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.Part I and Part H C. :Introduction.Auto care manual 6. Crash worthiness.Body Engineering 5. Pauloski.Automotive vehicle safety-SAE 2002 8. Body design: coach and bus body styles. operation of conventional Porto power. passenger car body styles. typical layout of bus and coach bodies. unitized frame and body construction.Vehicle Body Engineering 2. Structure and manufacturing technology of automotive materials. Robert Scharff & James.606. body frame construction. Painting: Corrosion and anticorrosion method . interlocking.P. & MR body structure details MODULE-II Ergonomics method and tool to promote occupant accommodation: standards guidelines and recommendations. general repair techniques.E. Anthropometry. George A Peters & Barbara J. 3-1-0 Credits 4 MODULE-I Modern materials for vehicle design: Introduction. Competitive race testing. safety factors. typical layout of commercial vehicle types. the dozer technique. determining the conditions of the collision. Delmar Publishers 3.D. Compliance testing. FR. Material selection for automotive components.straightening equipment.. 2-dimentional manikins. The role of endurance and durability studies in the manufacturing of vehicles. vehicle seating configuration(based on SAE). Redesign of bus bodies. Crash testing: Human testing. Component testing. Pune 7. Body alignment.T.Paint and painting process Diagnosing major collision damage: impact and its effect on a vehicle. Chassis design and analysis: chasis type. FF. Testing and failure prediction. Failure and reliability. warning and instructions. in-floor systems. Hutchinson 4. Julian happian-smith An introduction to modern vehicle design-SAE 2004 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Duffy – Motor Auto body repair. chainless anchoring systems References: 1. J. shielding. operation of dozers. Porto power. Quick and dirty mock ups. package drawing. structural analysis by simple structural surface method. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Page. importance of avoiding failures MODULE-III Introduction to vehicle safety: Basic concept of vehicle safety-underlying principles.17 VEHICLE BODY ENGINEERING
L-T. S. repairing rust damage. Paul Browne.
three chamber corrosion testing. road testing. smoke meter. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). performance. Road and track testing: Initial inspection.831814. effect of vehicle condition.08. N.820367. eddy current etc.Motor vehicle inspection. engine analyzers. Vehicle testing on chassis dynamometers: two wheel & four wheel dynamometers. 3-1-0
.820346. emission and fuel economy. hill climbing. Operation of full load and part conditions.D.energy consumption in conventional automobiles. mechanism of corrosion. Initial free services. structure noise. McGraw Hill Book Co. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. 1969 2. handling and ride characteristics. mechanical noise. vibration control.side slip testers. 2004 6. Giles. Noise inside and outside the vehicle. wheel balancing. infrared gas analyzers. engine running in and durability. IHP. Standard noise measurement methods. 1995 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Dr. 1978 3. sources of vehicle noiseintake and exhaust noise. human response to sound. test tracks. MODULE. Wildlife Publications. Anglin.Vehicle operation and performance. wind tunnel testing. References: 1.technical paper OTA-ETI-638. CAFÉ standards.Automotive technology – Khanna publishers. H. automotive noise criteria.18 VEHICLE PERFORMANCE AND TESTING
Credits 4 MODULE-I Laboratory testing: Basic engine parameters.820371 and 820375 5.hydraulic. brake testers. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T. Measurement of BHP. J. G. Advanced automotive technology – visions of a super efficient family car.Orsat apparatus. intensive driving. Engine testing on dynamometers. tyre and road condition and traffic condition and driving habits on fuel economy. noise from auxiliaries.K. MODULE-III Vehicle performance: Methods for evaluating vehicle performance. PDI. SAE Transaction papers. FIP calibrating and testing.for petrol and diesel engines.606. 2009 4.II Noise vibration and Harshness: Review of vibration fundamentals. Crouse and L. Julian Happian-Smith – An introduction to vehicle design – SAE. London. safety. noise control methods. fundamentals of acoustics. maximum speed and acceleration. brake squeal. wind noises.. head light alignment testing. different types of dynamometers.Giri. transmission noises. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. combustion noise. vehicle testing lanes . wheel alignment testing. brake testing on the road. exhaust gas analyzers various types. W.
cetane number.N. SAE INC. biogas. References: 1. numerical examples. sensitivity & performance number. K. Richard L. performance properties of engines with biodiesel. petroleum refining process-thermal cracking. gasoline blends. Indian standard for diesel. Warrendale. dual fuel and multi fuel application. cleanliness. straight vegetable oils and biodiesels.Alternate fuels guide book. vegetable oils as diesel fuels. diesel blends.Automotive Fuels reference book.19
L-T.Giri.08. alcohol gasoline fuel blends-gasohol. SAE 6. advantages of gaseous fuels. effect of volatility on engine performance-ASTM distillation curve. David Powell and Richard P. chemical & combustion properties of IC engine fuels. Brennan. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.manufacture of methanol. Isomerisation. 1991 4. structure of petroleum.volumetric and gravimetric analysis. Module-II Diesel engine fuels: Requirements for diesel fuel. alkylation. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
.606. a/f ratio.N Vezgirigiu. knock rating of SI engine fuels. polymerisation. Bechtold. reforming & blending. ignition quality.D. Mathur & Sharma – IC engines. smooth and efficient burning – volatility. khanna publications 3.petroleum fuels.The Automobile technology and society Printice Hall. Module-III Alternate fuels: Alcohols for SI engines. comparison of properties of alcohols and gasoline as SI engine fuels. octane number and octane number requirement. Energy research group. Gaseous fuels: LPG as an IC engine fuel. natural gas – CNG and LNG. catalytic cracking.K. handling & storage-properties of diesel. Keeith Owen & Trevor Colley .E85 Alternate fuels for Diesel engines: Alcohols as diesel fuels.Automobile technology. Dr. 3-1-0
AUTOMOTIVE FUELS & ALTERNATE FUELS
Credits 4 Module-I Introduction: Physical. manufacture of ethanol. Garrett: Automotive fuels system. air requirement. fuel additives. winter and summer gasoline. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). volatility of liquid fuels. engine performance with pure alcohols. T. products of refining process. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. T.Alternative energy sources University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. non. SAE 7. Fuels for SI engines: Requirements of an Ideal gasoline. diesel index. engine modifications to run on gaseous fuels. Dhanpatrai publications 2. Indian specification for biodiesel. Indian standard for gasoline. 5. producer gas.Alternate liquid fuels Willey Eastern Ltd 8.
Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. David F.ELECTIVE III
08. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.Graphic standards. Polygons.. 2. McGraw Hill International Editions. Scan Line algorithm for curved surfaces. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. Module – III Mathematical formulations on: Plane curves – Non parametric curves – space curves – Representation of space curves – cubic spline – Bezier curves . References : 1.Spline curves . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Polygon filling Module – II Transformation: Simple problems on 3D transformations and applications.706. Computer Graphics. Second Edition. Viewing transformations. Computer Graphics and 3D Modelling for engineers.H Adams : Mathematical Elements of Computer Graphics . Hidden line and hidden surfaces . Cohen-Sutherland outcode algorithm. Windowing. Graphic primitives. SutherlandHodgman Algorithm. Vera B Anand. McGraw Hill International Editions. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). 4.Surface of revolution – Sweep surfaces. Pauline Baker : Computer Graphics. Clipping. Solid modeling techniques etc. Clipping of polygons. Colour graphic display techniques. Projections .Circle generation algorithms – text generation. Z-Buffer algorithm . NURBS etc. quadric surfaces. Fractals.Perspective geometry – Orthographic and Oblique projections – perspective transformations. 2nd Edition. B. Rogers & J. Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd 3. Second Edition. Steven Harrington.1 COMPUTER GRAPHICS
L-T-D: 3-1-0 ` Credits : 4 Module – I Introduction to computer Graphics. Description of graphic devices . Mathematical formulation on Surface description and generation. Donald Hearn & M.
4.2 ADVANCED THERMODYNAMICS
Credits : 4 MODULE I Review of the fundamentals of classical thermodynamics – Multi phase and multi component systems – Free energy functions – Applications of free energy functions to phase changes – Clausius – Clayperon equations – Binary systems containing liquid and solid phases. Kennath Wark. Thermodynamics. REFERENCES 1. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0
. 3.706. Thermodynamics. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Expected value .Thermodynamics 6. 5. Mean free path of molecules – Distribution of mean free path – Maxwell . elements of quantum statistics and quantum mechanics – The Schrodingar waves equation – Heisenburg uncertainty principle – Phase space – Quantum energy states . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. heat of reaction – Adiabatic flame temperature entropy changes for reacting mixtures – Chemical equilibrium – Equilibrium criteria – Evaluation of equilibrium constants and equilibrium composition – Simple numerical solutions . Boltzmann law and velocity distribution – Maxwell’s distribution functions . MODULE II Statistical thermodynamics – Fundamentals of statistical inference – Probability and frequency stirling’s approximation .08. Van Wylon. Thermodynamics. Thermostatics and Thermodynamics. Warren Giodt . variance . Specific heat and thermal conductivity .P.Holman. Myron Tribus. Thermophysics. 2. Thermodynamics of reactive mixtures – Bond energy . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. rotational and vibrational partition functions – Thermodynamic probability and entropy thermodynamic properties of perfect diatomic gases. J. Lay. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Evaluation of distribution – Constants – Principle of equipartition of energy – Degree of freedom – Viscosity . MODULE III Bose – Einstein Fermi – Direct and Maxwell – Boltzmann statistics – Partition function and its relation to microscopic properties of an ideal gas – Translational . heat of formation .
The two phase forced convection and nucleate boiling regions. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0
. Principles of Convection – Viscous flow .Hepking Vol . different hydrodynamic boundary layer flow regimes and flat plates – Laminar boundary layer on a flat plate – Momentum equation of the laminar boundary layer with constant properties – Internal Momentum analysis of laminar boundary layer . 2.13 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Mc.N. droplet growth – Film condensation on a vertical flat plate . The basic processes of condensation – Liquid formation.706.08. small particles.Miller. gases in combustion products – Effect of an absorbing medium on the radiative heat transfer within an enclosures – Exchange areas for absorbing media. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.Holman. Mc Graw Hill Book Co.Grey A. W. Lumped heat capacity system. Engineering Calculations in relative heat transfer.) (Description only).Convective Boiling and Condensation. . cylinder with heat sources. Simple analytical methods.Nusselt equation for a laminar film – Improvements to the original Nusselt theory – The influence of turbulence – Condensation of horizontal tubes – Condensation within a vertical tube . Plane wall with heat sources.Graw Hill 3.3 INDUSTRIAL HEAT TRANSFER
Credits : 4 MODULE I One-dimensional steady state heat conduction with uniform internal heat generation. Furnaces – Furnace geometry – Variation of temperature with time – Variation of temperature within the furnace – Representation of real gases – Heat transfer between real surfaces MODULE III Boiling heat transfer. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. John G Gollier . General editor : D.International series on material science and technology . Transient and periodic conduction (Onedimensional). covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Flat plate heat transfer – Conduction by integral methods (Simultaneous development of hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layer only) MODULE II Emission and absorption of radiation by an absorbing medium. Critical heat flow in forced convective flow –Elementary concepts. low density heat transfer and ablation . Elementary concepts of : Heat transfer in magneto fluid dynamic ( Transpiration cooling . Energy Equations – Significance of Prandtl Number . forced convection boiling curve saturated forced convective boiling in a round tube. J. Heat transfer.Drop wise condensation. REFERENCES 1. Use of Heisler charts. nucleation of drops at solid surfaces. Determination of mean beam length – Particles in combustion products – Large particles.P.
– Deterioration and failure analysis – planning .Causes of deterioration and obsolescence – Sudden and gradual obsolescence.W. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0
.Effect of moisture .706. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). 2. 4. Safety engineering. safety design concepts. Plant Engineer’s Hand Book . gas and liquids on wear – Effect of temperature – Fatigue. Mc Graw Hill. Co.Mc Graw Hill Pub. Lubricants – Solid .G. Co. scheduling and controlling of maintenance work – organisation for maintenance. Miller and Blood.selection of lubricants-lubricating mechanisms. D B Tarapur. Module II Reliability – Analysis and Concepts – Chance failure and wearout failure – Application of stochastic model for reliability studies – Reliability of series . Industrial Engineering Hand Book . REFERENCES 1. Recent Developments in maintenance methods-RCM. accident prevention programme . Replacement – Analysis of different models . scheduled. predictive and proactive maintenance). Wear prevention methods.Irason. Deterioration – MAPI method –simple problems . Modern maintenance Management. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.4 PLANT ENGINEERING &MAINTENANCE
Credits : 4 Module I Wear –fundamentals and analysis – Classification – Theories of wear – Analytical treatment of wear . Module III Maintenance – types (corrective. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. fire protection-industrial noise-Legislations on safety in industry . parallel and stand –by systems – Estimation of parameters for failure distributions – Maintainability -availability. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Maynard .Mill Pub.CBM –DMS – TPM etc.08. Reliability Hand Book . fluid and semi fluid – Synthetic – General properties and applications – Tests and classifications – Additives-Testing of lubricants. preventive. 3.
McGraw Hill Book Company 4.experimental problems . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.crack opening displacement (COD) approach ..service failure analysis .method of predicting failure of a structural component . & Wanhill R.practical significance of sustained load fracture testing Practical problems: Through cracks emanating from holes . II & III mixed mode problems Linear elastic fracture mechanics (LEFM): Elastic stress field approach . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.fracture toughness . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. Fracture Mechanics. Introduction to Fracture Mechanics.influence of material behaviour .finite specimen width .COD design curve .crack growth rate testing .Griffith energy balance approach .determination of Rcurves .Dugdale approach .L.slow stable crack growth and R-curve concept description of crack resistance LEFM testing: Plane strain and plane stress fracture toughness testing .modes I. and embedded elliptical cracks Crack tip plasticity: Irwin plastic zone size .pipelines and stiffened sheet structures References: 1.J-integral .sub critical crack growth .superposition of stress intensity factors (SIF) .the short crack problem Sustained load fracture: Time-to-failure (TTF) tests .H.fracture toughness of weldments .expressions for stresses and strains in the crack tip region . Sijthoff & Noordhoff International Publishers 3. Edward Arnold Edition 2.stress intensity approach . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).08. Elementary Engineering Fracture Mechanics.shape of plastic zone . Broek D. Ewalds H.standard JIc test and COD test Module III Fatigue crack growth: Description of fatigue crack growth using stress intensity factor effects of stress ratio and crack tip plasticity . Wheeler Publishing University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Prashant Kumar. Kåre Hellan.crack tip plasticity .influence of stress state on fracture behaviour Module II Energy balance approach: Griffith energy balance approach .relations for practical use determination of SIF from compliance .applications in pressure vessels .5
Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: Significance of fracture mechanics .crack closure .state of stress in the crack tip region .cracks approaching holes .corner cracks at holes .J.prediction of fatigue crack growth under constant amplitude and variable amplitude loading ..relation between J and COD tearing modulus concept . Elements of Fracture Mechanics.effects of yield strength and specimen thickness on fracture toughness .practical use of fracture toughness and R-curve data Elastic plastic fracture mechanics (EPFM): Development of EPFM .SIF solutions for well known problems such as centre cracked plate.fatigue crack growth from notches . single edge notched plate.Irwin’s modification to the Griffith theory .mode I elastic stress field equations .706.
. and findings .targeting and product positioning. Majumdar R.factors influencing consumer behaviour .S. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.promotion mix evaluation . testing and launching of new products.research objectives.perceived risks . Fundamentals of Marketing.marketing mix marketing mix variables.6
Credits : 4 Module I Introduction to marketing .factors in advertising . Stanton W. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
.designing the message . Implementation and Control.marketing planning process . Marketing Research.need and scope . McGraw Hill International Edition 5.Brand management . Planning. Robert.product life cycle marketing strategies for different stages of product life cycle Module III Marketing communication . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.concept of market and marketing . Developing. Marketing Research.. Text. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).consumer behaviour . Prentice Hall of India Private Limited 2. & Namkumari S.significance of branding to consumers and firms References: 1. Macmillan India Limited 3.factors directed by top management .marketing environment controllable factors ..demography. developing research plan. Implementation and Control. analysis. New Age International (P) Limited Publishers 6. collecting information.. T N Chabra and S K Grover : Marketing management. Marketing Management: Planning.Boston consultancy group model .sales promotion tools.introduction to segmentation .marketing research process .identification of target audience . Etzel M.. New trends in marketing. Applications and Case Studies.factors directed by marketing uncontrollable factors .marketing mix variables . (Pvt) Ltd.J. Kotler P.706.determination of communication objectives .steps in developing effective communication .08. Ramaswamy V. Marketing Management: Analysis. competition.selecting the communication channels . Marketing research . Dhanapat Rai and Co. economic conditions. Module II Market segmentation and market targeting .J. social and Marketing planning . 4.J.advertising and sales promotion . Prentice Hall of India University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. & Walker B.
Hirich R.forms of organizations for small scale units . McGraw Hill 3. EDII 8.. A Complete Guide to Successful Entrepreneurship. Vikas Publishing University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts..break even analysis and economic ratios technology transfer and business incubation References: 1. Timmons J. New Venture Creation-Entrepreneurship for 21st Century.venture capital and other equity assistance available .A. Seven Business Crisis. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Donald Kurado & Richard M Hodgelts.entrepreneurial competencies . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.G. Technology acquisition for small units .understanding of entrepreneurship process . Prayag Metha & Nadakarni M.market survey and market assessment .managerial functions for enterprise Module II Process of business opportunity identification and evaluation ...S.time management . McGraw Hill International 2.W.S.V.characteristics of entrepreneur .entrepreneurship and economic development .study of feasibility and viability of a project . Noid S.planning.stages of small business growth Module III Entrepreneurship in international environment ..R. Tata McGraw Hill 6.B. A Manual on Business Opportunity Identification.. Finance for Small Scale Industries 9..assessment of risk in the industry. Harold Koontz & Heinz Weihrich.industrial policy . Pandey G..project report preparation . McGraw Hill International 7. Entrepreneurship. Essentials of Management. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
.V.creativity and innovation structure of the enterprise .entrepreneurial decision process .financing of project and working capital .P. Rao C. Learning Systems 4. Rao T. implementation and growth. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.D.7 ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT
L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Entrepreneurial perspectives . Dr Patel V. Selections. Deshpande M. Developing Entrepreneurship A Hand Book.environment . & Peters Irwin M.. Process and strategies for starting a venture .achievement motivation ..706. Entrepreneurship A Contemporary Approach.formalities to be completed for setting up a small scale unit .08. The Dryden Press 5. Patel J.
Fluid temperature control – Fluid pressure control –control valves – Sequence valve – Counterbalance valve-unloading valve – Friction control valve – Servo systems. Loading and replacement of filter elements – Materials for filters. MODULE III Industrial hydraulic circuits . grinder. material-handling equipments processes -Miscellaneous circuits. REFERENCES 1.706. MODULE II Pressure accumulators – Functions – Fluid reservoirs – Filter in hydraulic circuits. John pippon and Tylor Hicks.Circuit design for – shaper. Fluid power pumps and motors – Types of pumps – Characteristics – Hydraulic cylinders and rams – Fluid power pumping systems and components. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).08. Industrial Hydraulics.8 INDUSTRIAL HYDRAULICS
L-T-D: 3-1-0 MODULE I Credits : 4
Introduction to fluid power – Hydraulics and Pneumatics systems – Fluid power systems – Fundamentals of fluid mechanics – Measurement of physical parameters – Hydraulic symbols . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
Cook.08. Reddy.assembly of element equations transformation matrices . historical background. Global. Numerical Integration using Gauss quadrature. Banded and skyline solutions.S.706. Module-III Finite element formulation of 2D problems using constant strain triangle element and isoparametric quadrilateral element. Mass matrices. Potential energy and equilibrium. 4. stress-strain relationship. applications.one dimensional heat conduction through composite walls and fins.types and properties. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Tirupathy. References:1. Introduction to the Finite Element Method.L. Principle of minimum potential energy. Tata McGraw Hill. plane strain and axi-symmetric approximation. R. Features of 3D problems in stress analysis. Pearson. strain-displacement relationship. Krishnamoorthy. Temperature effects.global equations.9
FINITE ELEMENT METHODS
Credits : 4
Module I Introduction. S. Module-II One dimensional elasticity problems . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Galerkin method.N. The Finite Element Method in Engineering. D. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Iso parametric formulation. Local and Natural coordinates in 1. plane stress.Area coordinates. advantages. Theory of elasticity . McGraw Hill. Rayleigh-Ritz method.stress and equilibrium. potential flow. Chandrapatla & Ashok D. Wiley.Taylor. Largrangean and Serendipity elements. Finite Element Analysis: Theory and Programming. Discrete and Continuous systems. lumped and consistent formulations. O. Belagundu. Finite element formulation of plane trusses. R. 3. Dynamic problemsHamilton’s principle. Finite element modeling . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Discretization. Solution of Algebraic equations.derivation of elements equations . Shape functions . finite element softwares. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. imposition of Boundary conditions . Scalar field problems .C Zienkieviz & R. Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering.S. 6. Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis.types of elements. load vector.discretisation of domain into elements .Rao. beams and beams on elastic supports.penalty and elimination approach.generalised coordinates approach . Butterworth-Heinemann. Finite element Methods. Mesh generation and numbering. 2 and 3 dimensions . 2. properties of stiffness matrices. Axi-symmetric solids subjected to axi-symmetric loading. C. multi-point constraints. J. Butterworth-heinemann 5.
Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.analysis of forging process in conditions of plane stain .Henkeys theorem .J.Tresca criterion .Levy-Mises stress strain relations ..sheet metal forming. McGraw Hill 2. 3. Mechanical Metallurgy.stability postulates . Plasticity for Structural Engineers.closed die forging .plastic work .F. shearing. Johnson W. blanking.rolling of bars and shapes analysis of rolling process in conditions of plane strain.drawing and extrusion . deep drawing Classification of rolling processes .strip load on semi-infinite body lower and upper bound theorems with proofs and applications References: 1.hodographs .simple slip line field analysis in extrusion .residual stresses in rods .production of seamless pipe and tubes . & Mellor P. Introduction to Theory of Plasticity for Engineers.experimental verification .cold rolling .incompressible two-dimensional flow .temperature effects .open die forging .E.maximum work hypothesis . & Han D. Springer Verlag University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Prandtl-Reuss stress strain relations .simple models of material behavior .hot rolling .subsequent yield surfaces ..plastic flow .plastic potential theory .B. Classification of forging process .lubrication .slip lines . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.yield criterion of metals . bending and stretch forming Module III Slip line field theory .equilibrium equations referred to slip lines . Chen W. McGraw Hill.compression of block between parallel plates .basic considerations of plasticity theory . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).representation of the criteria in stress space . Dieter G..08. Plasticity for Mechanical Engineers.analysis of the processes of drawing and extrusion of wire and strip through friction less dies and dies with friction .temperature and strain rate effects in plastic flow Module II Processes .stress space . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
.process classification .706.forging allowances and tolerances .isotropic and kinematic hardening .yield surface .experimental investigations of the yield criteria .Von-Mises yield criterion .tubes. D Van Nostrand Co Ltd.analysis .wires . 4. Oscar Hoffman & George Sachs.10
Credits : 4
Module I Basic laws and theories of plasticity .
shafts . Design of Machine tools. guide ways. Principles of Machine tools – G. bearings.C. Miscellaneous – Copying devices – Automates of various kinds feasibility determination for automation – Automatics and assembly line layout – unit heads and transfer machines Vibration isolated tool holders – Friction and lubrication in machine tools . Tool Engineer Hand Book – Mc. column . effects and elimination of vibration – Machine tools drives and their kinematics – Electrical. Machine tools design Volume 1. Trends in the design of modern machine tools – Aims and future development . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).08.Graw. rigidity of machine tools structures – Sources.11
MACHINE TOOL TECHNOLOGY
Credits : 4
MODULE I Principal requirements and specifications – Requirements regarding quality of performance (Accuracy and surface finish) – Productivity(Rate of motel renewal) –Economy and efficiency of machine tools . Transmission systems used in machine tools and their various elements – A few common hydraulic circuits used the effect movement of tools slide and work tables. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. The Design and Construction of Machine tools – M.4 – N.706. S.Sen and Bhattacharya 4.Basu.Hill University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.2. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. REFERENCES 1. Machine tools design course – Central Machine tool Institute 6. MODULE II Hydraulic power . Acherkan 7.G. Hydraulic and combination systems . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
.3. spindles . MODULE III Erection and testing of machine tools – Location and layout – Foundations vibration – Isolation – Erection process – Principles of acceptance tests – Measuring equipments and methods – Direction of tolerances – Maintenance of machine tools – Test charts for different machines .Design of a stepped gear box. 2. Allied pub. frame .Design for improved static and dynamic performance – Fundamental aspects of numerical control – Adaptive control and hydraulic control of machine tools . slides .Town 5. clutches. Mechanical.K. Design principles of metal cutting machine tools – Koenisberger 3. Design aspects – Kinematic principles in machine tools with respect to the basic elements and their design – tool .
Mishra. Applications Electron Beam Machining Process. principles.C. EC. emission types-beam control. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. 1995. 1997.Recent Developments in EDM." Non Conventional Machining ". AJM. Applications Module II Electro Chemical Machining Process-principles-Equipment-Analysis of metal removal-tool material-Insulation-Process parameters-ECH.Metal removal rate . Electrical Discharge Machining Process.Energies employed in the processes. pumping processes.Process parameters . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
.ECG etc.Sharma. P.EDM.Vacuum and non-vacuum technique Applications Laser Beam Machining Process. The Institution of Engineers (India) Text Books: Series.706. Applications Water Jet Machining Process-Principle-Equipment. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. A Text Books: of Production Engineering. 2.08.wire out EDM . PAM.Types of gun . Applications Abrasive Jet Machining Processes-Principle-Equipment-Metal removal rate process parameters. Principle-gun construction . USM.K. Applications References: 1. Applications Module III Ultrasonic Machining Process-working principles-types of transducers-concentrators-nodal point clamping-feed mechanism-metal removal rate-Process parameters. operating principles-Breakdown mechanismDielectric fluid-Electrode material-Tool wear – Power generator circuits. LBM.12 NON CONVENTIONAL MACHINING TECHNIQUES
L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I The need of the process-classification . WJM etc. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. P. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).
Co. S. " Principles of Turbomachinery ". diffuser analysis. 3. S.J. Ganesan . " Hand book of Turbomachinery ". 6. impeller flow losses. testing and performance characteristics. 1969. slip factor. Shepherd. Macmillan. Axial and radial flow turbines : Stage velocity diagrams.. stage losses and efficiency. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).. classification of fluid machinery. Pergamom. volute and diffusers. Tata Mc Graw Hill 2.. flow analysis in impeller blades. Dixon. " Fluid Mechanics and Thermodynamics of Turbomachinery ". University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts..706.H. enthalpy-entropy diagrams. 7. Tata Mcgraw Hill Pub. losses and coefficients blade design principles. types. work done factor. 1965. losses. Module II Centrifugal fans and blowers : Types. John Wiley and Sons Inc. " Gas Turbines ". dimensionless parameters. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. Publishing Company. Yahya. Centrifugal Compressors: Construction details. D. 8. " Blowers and Pumps ". Jr. 1992. Press. New Delhi. stage velocity triangles. losses and performance curves. fan drives and fan noise. simple stage design problems and performance characteristics. applications... 1990. Stepanff. work and efficiency for compressors and turbines.08.. stage and design parameters. Pergamom Press..13
Credits : 4
Module I Energy transfer between fluid and rotor. Fans. 5. " Turbines.G. References: 1. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Bruneck. specific speed. Compressor and Fans ". Module III Axial flow compressors : Stage velocity triangles. 1996.. Earl Logan. Marcel Dekker Inc. characteristics curves and selection. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. 4. A. reaction stages.V. 1973.I. 1999.
Flow measurement by drag effects – rotameter – turbine meter – vortex shedding flow meter. LVDT diaphragm differential pressure gauge. Psychoacoustics factors – sound level meter – acoustic properties of materials – sound absorption coefficient – noise reduction coefficient. Elastic pressure transducers – Bourdon tubes – Diaphragms – Bellows. Low-pressure measurement – Mc Leod-gauge pirani thermal conductivity gauge – Knudsen gauge – lonization gauge. Temperature measurement by radiation – optical pyrometer. Temperature measurement by electrical effects – electrical resistance thermometer. Methods for flow measurement – Positive displacement methods – rotary vane flow meter – Lobed impeller flow meter. MODULE III Elastic elements for force measurements – simple cantilever and thin ring elastic elements – Proving ring. flow nozzles and orifices. Gas diffusion – measurement of diffusion coefficients in gases. Air pollution measurement – units for pollution measurement – air pollution standards – Air sampling train. Temperatures compensation for electrical resistance strain gauges strain gauge rosettes – bonded and unbounded resistance strain gauges.different types – characteristics of strain gauge materials. Heat flux meters. Flow obstruction methods – Venturi – flow nozzle – orifice. Principles of seismic instrument – practical considerations for seismic instruments – electrical resistance strain gauge seismic instrument – piezoelectric transducer type seismic instrument. Hot wire and hot film anemometers. Dead weight tester for static calibration of pressure gauges. Capacitance pressure gauge.08. Thermal conductivity of liquids and gases – guarded hot plate apparatus – concentric cylinder method – apparatus for determination of thermal conductivity of gases at high temperatures. Recommended proportions for venturi tubes. Humidity measurements.706. Torque measurements – hollow cylinder for torque measurement – Prony brake – hydraulic dynamometer – Cradled dynamometer. High-pressure measurement – very high-pressure transducer. Thermal mass flow meter. Practical considerations for obstruction flow meters. Yaw angel – yaw angle characteristics of various static pressure probes. Convection heat transfer measurements – forced convection heat transfer coefficients in smooth tubes.
EXPERIMENTAL METHODS IN ENGINEERING
Credits : 4
MODULE I Pressure measurement devices – U tube manometer – Well type manometer – Different types of manometers. Thermostats. Strain measurements – electrical resistance strain gauges. Pressure probes – pitot tube – pitot static tube – Kiel probe. Sound measurements – microphones – characteristics of microphones. Fluid factors. Cantilever beam used as a frequency measurement device. application factors and installation factors of different types of flow meters. Thermal conductivity measurement – guarded hot plate apparatus – measurement of thermal conductivity of metals. Methods of correction for lead resistance – Siemens three lead arrangement – callender four lead arrangement and floating-potential arrangement. Diaphragm type strain gauge pressure pickup. Measurement of viscosity – rotating concentric cylinder apparatus – Saybolt viscometer. Temperature measurement due to thermo-electric effects – thermocouples – different types and its range – law of temperature – emf vs temp relationships for different thermocouples – sensitivity of thermocouples – thermopile and its practical application – installation of thermocouple on a metal plate – Thin foil thermocouples for rapid transient response. MODULE II Temperature measurement by mechanical effects – mercury in glass thermometer – bimetallic strip type – fluid expansion thermometers. Magnetic flow meter.
Experimental Methods for Engineers.REFERENCES: 1. Doebelin. 3. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. 2.P. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Holman. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Ernest O. Donald P. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Measurement System – application and Design. Industrial Instrumentation. J. Eckman.
Thomsom. graphic level recorder . ramp and arbitrary excitation – Response spectrum – Analog computer set up for solving vibration problems -. Noise and vibration Control. Theory of Vibrations. 3. Timosheako. Hinkle and Morse. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. 4. Fundamentals of Vibration. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Solutions to Differential Equations . Band pass filters . Laplace Transforms. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Fundamentals of Acoustics. curves – Noise and Number index – Noise pollution level – Noise induced hearing loss – Damage risk criteria – Criteria for noise and vibration in community buildings – General principles of noise control – Use of enclosures – Wrappings – Porous materials – Design of Auditorium – Acoustical requirements – Elimination of room acoustical defects – Articulation index – Sound reinforce systems – Design of time delays (Brief description only) REFERENCES 1. Doello .U. 2.15
MECHANICAL VIBRATION AND NOISE CONTROL
Credits : 4 MODULE I Introduction – Harmonic motion – Beat frequency – Equations of motion – Concepts of forces and equilibrium – Systems with one degree of freedom – Free and forced vibrations with undamped and damped systems (Review) Two degrees of freedom systems : Equations of motions for free and forced vibration without and with damping – Use of influence coefficients – The work and energy approach – Solutions to free .A University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.T.C.706. MODULE III Introduction to sound and vibratic wave motion – One dimensional plane waves – Characteristics impedance – Decibel seats power . 6. Tee. Beronek . 5. Vibration problem in Engg. Kinslor and Frey. Tata McGraw Hill. 9.08. 8. forced and damped vibrations and torsional systems – Dynamic absorbers periodic and Non periodic .S.Harris. W. Measurement of Sound – Loud speakers and microphones – Their characteristics . density and intensity – Sound transmission through one and two intervening media .Vibration measuring instruments . Anderson Roger A. C. McGraw Hill.Deslie L. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.L. Environmental Acoustics. Jump phenomenon – Effect of damping – Self excited Oscillations. Mechanical Vibrations. 7. Narrow Band Analysers .L. MODULE II Vibration – Fourier series representation – Unit impulse step .Measurement in reverberation and Vachaic chamber –Hearing mechanism of hearing and perception of sound (Description only) Types of noise : Criteria for evaluation of noise problems – Threshold of hearing – Hearing loss with age – Equal loudness contours loudness and loudness level – Perceived noise level – N. Hand Book on Noise control. Hand Book of Noise Measurement – General Radio Company .
08.706.16 FAILURE ANALYSIS
Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: Objectives of failure investigation, Collection of background data- service history, photographic records, Selection of samples for various conditions, Preliminary examination of the failed part – visual inspection and non destructive techniques for failure investigation- Magnetic particle inspection, Liquid penetrant inspection, Eddy current inspection, ultrasonic inspection, radiography, acoustic emission inspection, experimental stress analysis, Mechanical testing, limitations of tensile testing, Selection preservation and cleaning of fracture surfaces- cleaning, sectioning, opening secondary cracks Module II Macroscopic examination of fracture surfaces, Microscopic examination of fracture surfaces – optical microscopy, scanning electron microscopy, transmission electron microscopy, Selection and preparation of metallographic sections, Examination and analysis of metallographic sections, Determination of fracture type- Failure mechanisms and Fractography of ductile fracture, brittle fracture, transgranular brittle fracture, Intergranular brittle fracture, Fatigue fracture- Mechanisms and general features of fatigue fracture, Stress corrosion cracking, Liquid metal embrittlement, Hydrogen embrittlement, Creep and stress rupture failures, ductile to brittle fracture transition Module III Chemical analysis- Analysis of bulk materials, analysis of surfaces and deposits, spot tests, Applications of fracture mechanics: Fracture mechanics concepts- Linear elastic fracture mechanics, Elastic-Plastic fracture mechanics (basic concepts), plane stress and plane strain, Fatigue crack growth rate their use in failure analysis, fracture toughness testingPlane strain fracture toughness test, COD test, Simulated service testing, Analyzing the evidences formulating conclusions and report writing, Case studies of failures: failures of shafts, failures of heat exchangers References: 1. ASM Handbook Volume 11: Failure analysis and Prevention 2. Fracture Mechanics by Prashant Kumar Wheeler Publishing 3. Mechanical Metallurgy by Dieter, McGraw Hill 4. Electron microscopy and analysis: P.J. Goodhew, J. Humphreys and R. Beanland , Pub: :Taylor and francis, 2001 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each, covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each, from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0
THEORY OF MACHINING (MU)
Credits : 4 MODULE I General classification of Cutting Tool-single point multi point cutting tools and form toolsCutting tool nomenclature, systems-types of single point cutting tools-Left hand , right hand ,straight shank, bent shank-offset and stepped. Geometry-Cutting tool signature-Effect of cutting tool geometry in metal cutting .Mechanism of metal removal-Mechanism of chip formations-classes of chips Friction in metal cutting –Methods of reducing friction –Chip control and chip breaker-Primary deformations on shear zone-secondary deformations on rake face. MODULE II Mechanism of metal cutting –Forces of deformations at the cutting edge. Shear angle lee and Shaffer’s solution. Stress distribution on rake face –Velocity relationships-Chip thickness Ratio- Merchant’s circle diagram-Relationship between forces, cutting speed, feed and depth of cut. Problems. Dynamometers – principle of cutting force, Measurements. Need and requirement of dynamometers –Turning, milling, drilling and grinding dynamometersDeformation studies using quick-stop devices. Heat in metal cutting-zones of heat generation – variables affecting the tool temperature- Temperature in metal cutting – Tool work thermocouple- Embedded thermocouple – Calorimetric method. Surface finishParameters on surface finish. MODULE III Cutting tool materials, major tool material types-HSS, coated HSS, satellite, Cemented Carbides, Titanium Carbides Coated carbides, Ceramics, SIALON, Diamonds, CBN , Ucon, their characteristics and applications. Tool wear and life –Types of wear-mechanism of tool wear. Tool wear criteria –Tool life –Taylor’s tool life equation. Modified tool life equation and estimation of tool life –Machinability. Parameters affecting tool life.- Problems – Economics of cutting. Machinability criteria-optimum cutting speed – cutting fluids- Selection of cutting fluids-Action of cutting fluids – Application of cutting fluids. References:1. Sen and Bhattacharya, Principle of metal cutting. 2. Shaw M.C, Metal cutting principles. 3. Boothroyd, Fundamentals of Machining and Machine Tools. 4. Black P.H, Theory of metal cutting. 5. Production Technology, HMT 6. Venkitesh.V.G, Experimental methods in metal cutting. 7. Tool Manufacturing Engineers Hand Book, ASTME University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each, covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each, from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
Credits : 4
Module I Metallic biomaterials: Introduction, Stainless Steels, Cobalt Chromium Alloys, Titanium Alloys, Dental Materials, Corrosion of Medical Implants, Manufacturing of Implants. Polymeric biomaterials: Polymers used as Biomaterials, Sterilisation, Surface Modification for improving bio compatibility, biodegradable polymeric materials, Tissue derived Biomaterials, Soft Tissue Replacement, Hard Tissue Replacement, Preservation Techniques. Module II Ceramic and composite biomaterials: Introduction, Bio inert Bio Ceramics, Biodegradable ceramics, Bioactive ceramics, deterioration of ceramics, manufacturing techniques, Biocompatibility and Application of Composite Biomaterials. Biomaterial application of smart materials: Introduction, Properties, Biocompatibility, Shape Memory effect, Super Elasticity, Hysteresis, Anti – Kinking, Application with examples – Orthopedic, Dental, Surgical Instruments, Stent, Artificial Urethral Valves. Module III Biomaterial characterization and selection: Biomaterials surface analysis, Auger Electron Spectroscopy, Scanning ion mass Spectroscopy, Atomic Force Microscopy, Electron Spectroscopy for Chemical Analysis. Function, Biocompatibility, Material Selection for Orthopedic, Blood Contacting and Space Filling applications. REFERENCES 1. Joseph D. Bronzino, “The Bio Medical Engineering Handbook”, Vol.I, CRC Press, 2000. 2. Mel Schwartz, “ Encyclopedia of Smart Materials”, Vol. I, John Wiley and Sons, USA, 2002. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each, covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each, from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
J.tue.decomposition in concurrent design .html University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Solid modeling Product data management .plan for Project Management on new product development – bottleneck technology development.nl/race/ce/ce95.Expert systems .. Web Reference: www.Automated analysis idealization control . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. JIT system low inventory .Software hardware co-design. JOhn and Sons Inc.tm. Life Cycle semi realization .product realization taxonomy .CE design methodologies . John and Sons Inc.Checking the design process .Real time constraints.conceptual design mechanism – Qualitative physical approach . 3. Morgantown.Collaborative product commerce. Sammy G Sinha. Manufacturing competitiveness . Prasad. 4.negotiation in concurrent engineering design studies . 1987. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Prentice Hall. "Integrated Product Development". 1996. WV.Concurrent engineering in optimal structural design . Module II Life-cycle design of products . "Concurrent Engineering: Automation Tools and Technology". Wiley.An intelligent design for manufacturing system. 1998.CE tool box collaborative product development. Wiley. 1992.modular . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Anderson MM and Hein.19
Credits : 4
Module I Extensive definition of Concurrent Engineering (CE) . Andrew Kusaik. Artificial Intelligence. Cleetus. Research Centre.Modeling and reasoning for computer based assembly planning – Module III Design of Automated manufacturing. Concurrent Engg.modality of Concurrent Engineering Design . IT support . Berlin.design for economics evaluation of design for manufacturing cost – concurrent mechanical design .706. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. 6. Springer Verlog.Organizing for CE . REFERENCES 1. 5.. "Successful Implementation of Concurrent Product and Process".08. 2. "Design for Concurrent Engineering". L. "Concurrent Engineering Fundamentals: Integrated Product Development". 1992.opportunity for manufacturing enterprises .
friction. Contaminates in hydraulic system. Classification and properties of hydraulic fluids. Necsulelscu Dan. feed tracks. Bolton W. Industrial Hydraulics: Introduction. Module III Automatic Assembly System: Development of Automatic Assembly process. Reference 1. Escapement devices. types. programming. Flow control valves simple and pressure compensated type. “Mechatronics”. Feasibility etc. New Delhi (2002). Gear. track angle. treatment of compressed air. 5th Edition. drives. Robotics: Basic concepts. storage and distribution. “Assembly Automation and Product Design”. logic devices – twin pressure valve. pressure relief valve.706.e. Piston pumps. Counterbalance valve. Marcel Dekker Inc (1991). work volume of robots world and joint coordinates various joints. Pneumatic circuit design and analysis. 5. Intermittent. Vibratory feeders – Mechanics. 3. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Pearson Education. basic concepts. Pearson Education. time delay valve. Unloading valve. “Mechatronics”. Sequence valve. Geoffrey Boothroyd. i. 2nd Edition. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Types of Automation. actuation methods. 4. Hydraulic fluids. control and cleanliness standards. conventional as well as computer aided design. linear and Rotary Actuators. Basic components. linear and Rotary actuators. pressure reducing valves. end effectors – Types and uses. Pearson Education (2003). shutter valve. New Delhi (1999). acceleration. Introduction to forward and inverse kinematics. Transfer devices – continuous. Direction control valves – types. orientation of parts – active and passive devices. Mechanical feeders – computation and operational details.20 INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: Basic concept of Automation. Direction Control Valves. effect of frequency. 2. “Fluid Power with Application”. Source. Anthony Esposito. load sensitivity. pressure control valves. classification based on Geometry. Sensors in Robots. Module II Pneumatics: Introduction. Product design for high-speed automatic assembly. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0
. actuation methods. programming – Teach pendant and Computer programming. DOF. Majumdar S R. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Vane.08. examples of design modifications. Fluid power generators. pressure control valves. Applications of Robots. synchronous and asynchronous. “Oil Hydraulic System”. Tata McGraw Hill (2001).
application to automobiles Electric vehicles: Design considerations. Energy research group. References: 1. Garrett: Automotive fuels system. performance characteristics in engines. dual fuel systems.Alternate fuels guide book. Bechtold. hydrogen. natural gas and producer gas . 750121. applicability of electric cars. and engine performance with vegetable oil. Mathur and Sharma. Dhanpat Rai and Sons. MODULE-II Gaseous fuels: Biogas production. Richard L.Alcohol Diesel emulsions. types & capacities. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). comparative use of fuel and energy recharging. use of alcohols in Sl engines. SAE 7. Production of Bio-diesel. fuel metering system.08. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. SAE papers: 73802. performance of LPG. Bob Brant. 741008 8. use of alcohols in Cl engines. New Delhi. energy conservation in transportation sector. Tom Koppel. Engines. Vegetable oil: Vegetable oil properties.Alternate liquid fuels Willey Eastern Ltd.. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.Powering the future. Flex fuel Vehicles (FFV) Hydrogen energy: Properties of hydrogen. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T. Combustion characteristics of alcohols in S.use in S.D. Warrendale. SAE 6. driving requirements. sources of hydrogen. modifications necessary. different methods of use. Keeith Owen & Trevor Colley ..types and layouts. and C.N Vezgirigiu. limitations. and electric energy Alcohol: Methanol and Ethanol production methods. 3. diesel and vegetable oil blends. Brennan. SAE 5.1 engines. MODULE-III Solar power: Collection and storage of solar energy. SAE INC. application of biogas as a single fuel and dual fuel. properties of methanol and ethanol as engine fuels. concentrating type collectors. collection devices.706. use in fuel cells. rapeseed oil. property & its use in Sl engines.Build your own Electric Vehicle. production of hydrogen.1 engines.IC. esterification of vegetable oil.21 ALTERNATE ENERGY SOURCES
Credits 4 MODULE-I Introduction: Need for non-conventional energy sources. alcohol. flat plate collectors.I. storage and transportation methods. K. thermal decomposition of water. 1991 2. 750118. biomass.Alternative energy sources 11. performance of methanol and gasoline blends. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. David Powell and Richard P. thermo chemical production and biochemical production. 3-1-0
. SAE 4. batteries for electric vehicles. Hybrid vehicles . principle and working photovoltaic conversion. electrolysis of water. applications to engines. description of biogas plant. 9.Automotive Fuels reference book. rice bran oil etc. 1990 10. T. T. alternative energy. Soya bean diesel. precautions and safety for use.The Automobile technology and society Printice Hall.
Particulate Matters. air injector PCV system. Gas analyzer. catalytic converters Module-III Test Procedure & Instrumentation for Emission Measurement: Test procedures. Chemiluminescent analyzer. Ramalingam. transient operational effects on pollution. “Engine Emissions”. Ganesan..22 AUTOMOTIVE POLLUTION AND CONTROL
L-T.1995. Control of Crankcase emission. B. 1995 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. 2005 4. NOx. 2006 6. Evaluation of Emission Standards – Mandatory Tests for Emission measurement –Type Approval & Production Conformity Tests Control Techniques for SI and CI: Basics of diesel combustion . Galgotia Publications Pvt. References: 1. Giri. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Color and Aldehyde emissions from Diesel engines .exhaust gas recirculation. Pundir. Green house gases and global warming. Ltd. J. thermal reactors. Module-II Emission Standards : Driving Cycles. CO. Amitosh De. Internal Combustion Engines. V. N. Aldehyde emissions. construction of road networks. Automobiles and Pollution SAE Transaction. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Pollutants-sources-formation-effects on human beings and environment. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Bharat Stages & Euro emission standards.. Exhaust emission . Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals.Smoke meters. Measurements of visible emissions – Comparison methods & Obscure methods . Scitech Publications Pvt. 7. Tata McGraw Hill Co.Smoke emission in diesel engines . 2004 5. 2004. “Automobile Engineering”.706.P.. Ltd. 3. 2.Effects of operating variables on emission formation.D. “Automobile Mechanic”. Engine Combustion and Pollutant Formation: HC. Khanna Publishers. Canisters. Narosa Publishing House. 3-1-0 Credits 4
Module-I Introduction: General Scenario on automotive Pollution.. NDIR analyzer.K.B. K.K. 2007. EUDC. ECE. Measurements of invisible emissions -ORSAT apparatus.. Dr. Evaporative emission. Design changes. McGraw Hill Book Co.Calculation of volume of Exhaust gases. Emission standards. Flame ionization detectors. Volume of constituents for perfect combustion. Emission Control Efforts: Supply of fuel – establishment of national test centers. Heywood. “Automobile Engineering”. optimization of operating factors.08. Effect of operating variables on emission formation.NO emission from diesel engines – Particulate emission in diesel engines.
cost evaluation .Industrial Designs and Integrated circuits . Intellectual Property).Watton.creativity and problem solving .brain storming .Model Preparation .Trade Marks and rights arising from Trademark registration Definitions .Wheeler Publishing ". Prentice Hall Inc. 5. TIFAC. 1992.706. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Module-II Collection of ideas and purpose of project .Patent laws ." Fourth Eye (Excellence through Creativity) .commitments to WTOPatent Ordinance and the Bill . IP Patents . Allahabad.factors contributing to successful technological innovation . 2.quality standards . Immovable Property and iii.. " Creativity and innovation".Basic types of property (i. 4. 1979. P.marketing research . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T.Draft of a national Intellectual Property Policy . INNOVATION AND NEW PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT
Credits 4 Module-I The process of technological innovation . 3.the need for creativity and innovation . Research and new product development .introducing new products.screening ideas for new products (evaluation techniques).R.08.testing .Indian IPR legislations .Present against unfair competition. Design of proto type . Pitman Publishing Ltd.D.Patent search .Selection criteria . " Managing technological innovation". Bulletins. 1997. Brain Twiss. I.Intellectual Property (IP) .International code for patents .different techniques.Patents . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Harry B.Khandwalla .Intellectual property rights (IPR).Copyrights and related rights .P. " New Product Planning ". John Wiley & Sons.Testing .Protection of IPR .Protection of Geographical Indications at national and International levels . Movable Property ii. Harry Nystrom. New Delhi. 3-1-0
. 1992.N.23 CREATIVITY.Patent application References: 1. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. 1992.Importance .Application Procedures Module-III Indian Position Vs WTO and Strategies . Creative design . Invention and Creativity ..
Experimental stress analysis and Motion Measurement – R. Photo elasticity .Dove and B. MODULE III Non Destructive Tests – Need .Railey 3.H. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Types – Visual Examinations . REFERENCES 1. Applied stress Analysis – Durelli and Philips 4. penetrate tests.ELECTIVE IV
08.Delta – Stress gauge – Strain gauge circuits – Wheatstone bridge – Null Balance recording instruments – Cathode Ray Oscilloscope.Frocht 2. Experimental stress analysis – J.P.Dally and W. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) Credits : 4
.805.Application of photo elastic methods .1 EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS TECHNIQUES
L-T-D: 3-1-0 MODULE I Basic concepts : The generalized basic systems – Definition – Stress at a point .M.Fringes – Moiré techniques – Photo elastic photography – Photo elastic model materials – Properties – Calibration methods – Analysis of photoelastic data – Isochromatics – Isoclinics – Compensation techniques . MODULE II Electrical strain gauges – Definition of strain and its relation to experimental determination – Strain gauge – Types – Analysis – Strain sensitivity – Gauge construction – Temperature compensation – Rosette analysis – Rectangular Delta .Adams 5.M.W. The stress optic law in two dimensions at normal incidence – Plane polariscope – Circular polariscope . Hammer tests – Brittle coating techniques – Crack patterns – Types of coatings – Elementary ideasHolographic non Destructive testing . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.Stress equation of equilibrium – Principal stress – Two dimensional stress systems – Strain and stress relations – Principal strain – Strain compatibility – Plane stress – Plane stress and strain problems – Photoelastic methods : Behaviour of light – Polarised light – Plane polariser – Wave plate – Conditioning of light by a series combination of linear polariser and a wave plate – Arrangement of optical elements in polariscope . Moire Fringes Strain Analysis – Pericles Theocaries University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.C.
and ionosphere. References: 1. lateral and directional stability. 3D or Finite aero foils – effect of releasing the wing tips. (Brief description and qualitative ideas only). Fundamentals of Aerodynamics Anderson 4.momentum and circulation theory of aerofoil.805. Mechanics of flight. Skin friction and from drag.replacement of finite wing by horse shoe vertex system. Study of subsonic. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.pressure distribution in inviscid and real flows.calculation of induced drag from momentum considerations. C. temperature and density variations in the atmosphere.the lifting line theory-wing load distribution – aspect ratio.mass balancing (Qualitative ideas only).pressure.supersonic wind tunnels. Principles of wind tunnel testing –open and closed type wind tunnels-wind tunnel balances.high lift devices-range and endurance of airplanes-charts for piston and jet engine aircrafts. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). A.circling flight – radius of tightest turn-jet and rocket assisted take –off.EHJ Pallett University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Only). thermosphere . Kermode 2.aerodynamic balancing of control surfaces.controls of an aero plane. Module II Propellers – momentum and blade element theories –propeller coefficients and charts. Module III Flight Instruments-airspeed indicator. Application of dimensional analysis – aerodynamic force – model study and similitude. Elementary ideas on space travel-calculation of earth orbiting and escape velocities ignoring air resistance and assuming circular orbit. stratosphere . Aerodynamics for Engineering Student Houghton and brock.aircraft ground run. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. calculation of true air speed-altimeter-gyro horizon direction indicator-vertical speed indicator –turn and back indicator-air temperature indicator. and supersonic aircraft engines (Description with fig. 3. induced drag.changes in finite wing plan shape.2
Credits : 4 Module – I The atmosphere-characteristics of troposphere . Aircraft performance-straight and level flight –power required and power available graphs for propeller and jet aircraft-gliding and climbing –rate of climb-service and absolute ceilingsgliding angle and speed of flattest glide.wing tip vortices. Ideas on stability-static and dynamic stabilitylongitudinal. Transonic.take off and landing performance – length of runway required. Aircraft Instruments and Integrated systems. 2D aero foils Nomenclature and classification.characteristics.08.
Process and combination layout – Systematic layout planning – Design of Assembly lines. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. on consideration of facilities of working people.James A Apple 3. Plant layout and Material Handling .08. – Plant safety. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Elements off Industrial safetyCauses and prevention of accidents – Pollution and environmental consideration. Storage facilities and general equipment for amenities of working people – Product. Different type of Plant services like steam compressed air etc. Module II Environmental aspects like lighting. Computer applications in layout designs. Line balancing methods.805.A W Peymberton 4. Storage area etc. Plant layout and Material Handling. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.G Aysan University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Stores and warehouses . Receiving and dispatching area – Choice of material handling equipment – Cost control in material handling. FF & Control . Use of DCF techniques.John A Sehbin 2.3 FACILITIES PLANNING
L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Design of layout of factories. Office. Plant layout and Material Handling . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. dust control. REFERENCE 1. humidity. Equipment replacement – Repair. Ventilation. replacement depends on technical and economical consideration. Module III Material handling system and equipment – Material handling in Plants .
from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. Introduction to dynamic Programming.Holden day. 3. MODULE II Network theory – Maximal flow problems – Travelling salesman problems . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.Churchman . Assignment and trans-shipment problems – Post optimality analysis – Complications and their resolution – Practical applications and examples. Stochastic programming and integer programming Inventory theory – deterministic inventory models. Game theory – Practical application of game theory – 2 person zero – Sum games – Solving simple games – Mixed strategy – Graphical solution. REFERENCE 1. 5. Queuing theory – Birth and death processes – Basic queuing process – Single server and multiple server models – Poison input and exponential service – Limited source. Replacement – replacement in anticipation of failure – Group replacement. Wiley. Priority disciplines – Practical applications. MODULE III Decision making – Statistical decision theory.Ackeff and Arneff. Scheduling on machines 2 job – 2-machine problem – Johnson’s algorithm – graphical solution. Decision trees .Philips and Ravindran Fundamentals of operations research – Ackeff and Sasionic.network with PERT / CPM. Introductions to operations research – Hillier and Lieberman . Wiley. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.805. Operations research . Linear programming – Graphical solutions – Simplex method – Transportation problem – Assignment problem solution to transportation.08. L-T-D: 3-1-0
University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. 2. 4. Operations research . Introductions to operations research – Wagner and Pranti .Taha. Mc graw Hill. limited queue etc. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).4 ADVANCED DECISION MODELLING
Credits : 4 MODULE I Development of operations research as a branch of knowledge since 2nd world war – Fields of application of operations.
Nonlinear Dynamics And Chaos.transcritical and Hopf bifurcations Quasiperiodic solutions: Poincare' maps .measures of fractal dimension .poincare'maps bifurcation .capacity dimension . Moon F.805.static and dynamic bifurcations . Wiggins S. Invitation to Dynamical Systems. John Wiley 4.circle map . Peitgens.bifurcation of maps Module II Periodic solutions . Thomson J.C.Henon map Chaotic solutions of continuous systems: Duffing' equation .floquet theory . Baker G.08.cyclic fold .Rossler equations .construction of quasiperiodic solutions Chaotic solutions of maps: dynamics of logistic equation . Springer Verlag 5.. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. & Stewart H B. Poincare'sections and maps lyapunov exponents References: 1. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).5
NON LINEAR DYNAMICS AND CHAOS
Credits : 4
Module I Introduction to dynamical systems: discrete time systems . Prentice Hall University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.fractal dimension .fixed points of maps and their stability . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Chaotic Dynamics. Springer Verlag 7.phase space and flows .fractal dimension of strange attractors Tools to identify and analyze motions: time history .attracting sets concepts of stability Equilibrium solutions: fixed points and stability of continuous .embedding dimension and time delay .Fourier spectra.correlation dimension and Information dimension .periodic solutions of continuous . Introduction To Applied Nonlinear Dynamical Systems And Chaos.continuous time systems autonomous and non autonomous systems .state-space and pseudo state space .period s doubling and intermittency mechanisms Module III Experimental methods in chaotic vibrations: experimental system to measure the Poincare' map of a chaotic physical system Fractals and dynamical systems: Koch curve . Cambridge University Press 6.P.R.limit cycle .bifurcation diagram of onedimensional maps .time systems .& Gollub J..symmetry breaking .L. John Wiley 3. Scheinerman E. Chaotic and Fractal Dynamics.M.time dynamical systems autonomous and non autonomous systems .. Applied Nonlinear Dynamics. Nayfeh A.classification and stability of equilibrium solutions . Jurgens & Saupe. John Wiley 2.local and global bifurcation of continuous systems . & Balachandran B.feigenbaum number .cantor set . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
.H. Chaos and Fractals...period doubling .T.
McGraw Hill 6. Colving & Haas.jig feet and legs .Non Standard Clamping Devices".product analysis .face milling fixture with equalizers .leaf box and tumble jigs . "Jigs and Fixtures . Taraporevala 8. Wilson & Holt. Cole B.types of drill jigs -template -vise .principles of jig and fixture design construction methods and materials used .worked examples Module III Fixtures .K.wedge.indexing fixture . concentric. "Hand book of Fixture Design". from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
.boring and lather fixtures .fixture design examples of design and drawing of milling fixtures for machining of simple components fixtures for inspection testing and assembly .operation analysis machine analysis .08.A Reference Book".principles of clamping .economics Drill Jigs -definition . Fundamentals of Tool Design 3. "Jigs and Fixtures . ELBS 2.definition of location . Donaldson.machine vices .methods of location .basic principles . radial and V-locators redundant locators Module II Design and mechanics of clamping devices . Goroshkin A.design considerations in work holder design and selection design calculations of lever type clamp .slot and key-way milling fixtures .mandrels and collet . ASTME.hook type clamp . Kempster M.universal fixture for profile milling . MIR Publishers 5.A.magnetic chucking devices -mandrels .screw clamps . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.drill guide bushings . spherical. "Tool Design".E. pinch and magnetic clamps .operator analysis and cost analysis .profile milling fixtures . swing.process planning and typical operation layout product considerations . Tata McGraw Hill 4.types of clamps .805.indexing tables and worktables .fixture for milling flanges straddle milling fixtures . Tata McGraw Hill University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).welding fixtures . hydraulic and pneumo-hydraulic clamps .indexing jigs .wedge type clamp ..pin and button locators ..chucks .pre-design analysis .H.6
DESIGN OF JIGS AND FIXTURES
Credits : 4 Module I Introduction .purpose of work holding devices . "An Introduction to Jig and Tool Design".strap. "Tool Design".jaw chucks ...examples of pre-design analysis principles of locating and positioning .latch and self locking clamps . McGraw Hill 7. Lecain & Goold.milling fixtures .standard fixture components . Grant H.plane. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.pneumatic. hinge and two-way (multiple) clamps .drive chucks .examples of design and drawing of drill jig for machining of simple components References 1. "Jigs and Fixtures Hand Book".
Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.critical flow criterion . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).7 MULTIPHASE FLOW
L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Basic equations and empirical correlations for multi-phase flow . & Zuber N...compatibility conditions and their physical interpretation ..pool boiling convective boiling .vapour-liquid equilibrium mechanisms . & Graham R..G. Collier J. Vol.saturated boiling heat transfer . Hemisphere 3.mathematical models . Boiling Heat Transfer and Two Phase Flow. Tong L.08.S. bends and values Module II Boiling and multiphase heat transfer .film condensation on a planar surface . orifices. Ginoux J. Hemisphere.. Critical multiphase flows .pressure drop limitation effect ..pressure gradient in condensing systems .void fraction and pressure drop in sub-cooled boiling . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
.dropwise condensation .correlations for use with homogeneous and separated flow models .graphical representation of critical flow conditions
References: 1.propagation of small disturbances . Convective Boiling and Condensation.critical coefficient in nucleate and convective boiling Module III Condensation . slug and annular flows . I. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Delhaye J. Hsu Y.flow pattern maps and transition .J.pressure losses through enlargements.drift flux model .empirical treatment of two phase flow . contractions.void fraction and slip ratio correlations .M.influence of pressure gradient .two phase flow through inclined pipes and singularities .two phase forced convection laminar and turbulent flow solutions for film heat transfer . Multiphase Science and Technology.Y.heat transfer in partial and fully developed sub-cooled boiling . Transport Processes in Boiling and Two Phase Systems. Two Phase Flows and Heat Transfer.correlations for bubble. McGraw Hill University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.empirical equations for film boiling and transition boiling .momentum and energy balance homogeneous and separated flow models .flow patterns .mechanism of evaporation and condensation .805. Hewitt G.W. Wiley 5.basic processes of condensation .burnout mechanism and correlations .methods of improving heat transfer coefficient in condensation..identification and classification . McGraw Hill 2. McGraw Hill 4.experimental observations .
APT. Study of their functional & design characteristic. N. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
.maintenance of hydraulic systems. Economics of numerically controlled machines.Programming languages.analogue. Digital incremental and digital absolute.Mikel P Groover 4. C. MODULE-III Programming. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.08. K.Introduction to servo systems. Machine Tools Design—Acherkan 3.Information flow in NC machine tool. EXAPT. Rao.Information carriers.manual and computer aided programming.Pneumatic and hydro pneumatic circuits. valves. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). ADAPT. Temeri University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. CAD/CAM.elements of hydraulic systems.Application of NC machines – Types of Numerical control. accumulators etc. Analysis and study of typical hydraulic circuits in machine tools.tape readerinterpolator – Measuring devices.John Pippinger 2.pumps filters.8 CONTROLS IN MACHINE TOOLS
L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE-I Hydraulic control. Design of systems for specific requirements. REFERENCES: 1. NC Machines & CAM. seals. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. K. N.805. Industrial Hydraulics.Hydraulic principles. MODULE. P. adaptive control principles.II Numerical control: Introduction to numerical control.Kundra.
Module II Design of vessels : Design of tall cyclindrical self supporting process columns . " Theory and Design of Pressure Vessels ". 3. " Chemical Process Equipment.9 DESIGN OF PRESSURE VESSELS AND PIPING
L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Methods for determining stresses . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Design Hand Book ". Bedner.FEM application. " Pressure Vessels. 1987.Flow diagram .Cylindrical shells. CBS Publishers and Distributors. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Selection and Design.Piping layout and piping stress Analysis. 1988. Piping : Introduction .collapse of thick walled cylinders or tubes under external pressure .Discontinuity stresses in pressure vessels. elliptical openings. cyclinder .08. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.effect of supports on Elastic Buckling of cylinders . Stanley. Harvey. References: 1.at a variable thickness transition section in a cylindrical vessel. torispherical heads.Thermal stresses .Applications. 2. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. 1987. Stresses in pressure vessels: Stresses in a circular ring. CBS Publishers and Distributors. Wales.Membrane stress Analysis of Vessel Shell components .805. spherical shells. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). M. Theory of reinforcement pressure vessel design. conical heads . John F.Control and significance of Fracture Mechanics in Vessels .Elastic Buckling of circular ring and cylinders under external pressure . Buterworths series in Chemical Engineering ".supports for short vertical vessels – stress concentration .Buckling under combined External pressure and axial loading . Henry H.Terminology and Ligament Efficiency . about a circular hole. Module III Bucking and fracture analysis in vessels : Buckling phenomenon .
covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). PHI. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. Tribology in Industry. Majumdar . Sushil Kumar and Srivatsava. Analysis and application of Hydrodynamic Lubrication – Load carrying capacity . 3. MODULE II Lubrication : Role of lubrication in present day practice – Fundamentals of viscosity and viscous flow – Flow through capillary tubes – Parallel plates – Radial flow between parallel circular plates – Continuity equation and Raynold’s equation . Wear : Classification of wear – Theories of wear – Stages of Cohesive wear – Quantitative relationship for abrasive wear – Minor types of wear – Factors affecting wear . power loss and friction in ideal journal bearings – Use of linkage factors – Significance of Sommerfeld number – Eccentricity ratio – Unit load References: 1. Basu. use of restrict hydro static squeeze films .10
Credits : 4
MODULE I Friction : Nature of surfaces – Mechanism of friction – Laws of friction and friction theories – Merits and demerits . Tribology University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.08.B. Fundamentals of Tribology..Chand Co.C. MODULE III Analysis of hydrostatic oil pads – Load carrying capacity – Oil flow – Power loss – Application to thrust bearing . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. SenGupta and Ahuja. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. S.805. 2. Viscosity and Viscometers – Starsor Viscometer – Falling sphere viscometer – Saybelt Universal Viscometer – Viscosity index.
Iyer. Miles . general phase. techniques. A. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. New Delhi.11 VALUE ENGINEERING
L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: History. Value Engineering prevents unnecessary uses of resources. Project work: work sheets. principles of costing &cost estimation. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Basic concepts of value engineering. Jaico Publishing House. Industrial cases . implementation and follow up. value analysis. selection and presentation. K. guidelines. evaluation phase. New Age International (P) Ltd. Creation. Value Engineering. evaluation. development and scope of value management. cost worth model. Checklist.S. 2001.805. Esteem value. Module II Selection of project. 2000. investigation and implementation phase.08.Product manufacturing. Semi –Automated production. Creation phase. L. functions and value-Basic functions. role of creativity. examples on usage of these tools Module III Value Engineering cases: Value Engineering raises production and productivity. Methodology. DARSIRI. 2. Automated Production. Steps in value engineering process-preparation problem selection. McGraw hill. team members. Chemical processing. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Inventory Control and Logistics. Secondary functions values-Use value. objectives. 2000. benefits. Cost value and Exchange value Costing Vs Value engineering. Materials Management. Approaches-job plan. Value Engineering is intensive cost search. S. Mumbai. FAST Diagram as a tool. References: 1. audit. information phase. Techniques of Value Analysis and Value Engineering. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. information. 3. D. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Datta.
control models .validation .object models .FAQs about software engineering . Mall R.process improvement process and product quality . Software Engineering.real-time software design . & Hudson F.user interface design .objects and classes .software maintenance architectural evolution . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).verification and validation . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0
..information presentation .system design .design and implementation .interface evaluation.domain-specific architectures .system models .management .process measurement process CMM .design with reuse . Jalote P... project duration and staffing quality management . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.data models .system structuring .design principles .testing workbenches .J.integration testing .system engineering process .formal specification in the software process .user interaction .rapid prototyping techniques formal specification .feasibility studies .evolution .scheduling .SRS .elicitation and analysis .professional and ethical responsibility system modelling . Behferooz A.design patterns .project planning .software cost estimation .CASE workbenches Software prototyping .12 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
Credits : 4 Module I Introduction .planning .quality assurance and standards . Pearson Education Asia 2.software change . Fundamentals of Software Engineering. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.an object oriented design process case study .interface specification behaviour specification .context models . Oxford University Press 5.software testing .process analysis and modeling .planning .automated static analysis . Software Engineering.life cycle models iteration .architectural design .critical system development . McGraw Hill 3.system building .user support .user requirements .automated process support .productivity estimation techniques .validation .software measurement and metrics .functional and non-functional requirements .specification .configuration management .the people capability maturity model .quality planning .software re-engineering .behaviour models .requirements engineering processes .clean room software development .prototyping in the software process .software requirements .availability and reliability safety .real time executives . Dependability .application families .the software process .software inspection ..change management .legacy systems .object-oriented testing .version and release management .component-based development .08.security .critical system validation Module III Software evolution . Prentice Hall of India 4.modular decomposition .critical systems .S.algorithmic cost modeling. Pressman R. Software Engineering Fundamentals.distributed systems architecture Module II Object-oriented design . An Integrated Approach to Software Engineering.quality control .choosing and keeping people .group working .defect testing . Narosa University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.system requirements .managing people .805.design evolution .risk management . Ian Sommerville.critical systems specifications .CASE tools for configuration management References : 1.data re-engineering Software project management .
Klaus D. 1989. Cryogenic systems Randal F. R. Law temperature properties of engineering materials: MODULE –II Liquefaction systems ideal system. Joule Thomson expansion. Scott 4. New York.Refrigeration using liquids and gases as refrigerant. Food Processing.Barron. Cryogenic fluid transfer systems Pressure flow-level and temperature measurements. Mechanical properties. Claude & Cascaded System. Linde Hampson Cycle. Cryo pumping Applications. Historical development. Low Temperature properties of Engineering Materials. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Electrical Power. Hydrogen and Helium – Critical components of Liquefaction systems.Thermal properties. Thermal insulation and their performance at cryogenic temperatures. 1986 3. J. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.Electric and magnetic properties –Cryogenic fluids and their properties. " Cryogenic Process Engineering " Plenum Press. Powder insulation. 2.Liquefaction systems for Neon.805. B.–. Types of heat exchangers used in cryogenic systems. Applications of Cryogenics: Applications in space. McGraw Hill. super Conductivity. Cryogenic Engineering . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Electronics and Cutting Tool Industry.Timmerhaus and Thomas M.08.Refrigerators using solids as working media.13
Credits : 4
MODULE –I Introduction to Cryogenic Systems. Stirling Cycle Cryo Coolers.Flynn. Adiabatic expansion. References: 1. Magnetic Cooling.. Super Insulations. Medicine. MODULE –III Cryogenic Refrigeration systems: Ideal Refrigeration systems. Cryogenic Engineering. Gas liquefaction systems: Introduction-Production of low temperatures. H. Vacuum insulation. Biology.General Liquefaction systems. Boll Jr University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. cryogenic fluid storage and transfer systems: Cryogenic Storage vessels and Transportation.
Boston. 1990 3. Text book of Medical Physiology – C. composites. PH meter. Academic Press Inc. ceramics. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Electrical activity of heart. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.active and passive transducers.Cobbold. Jacob Kline.. EEG machine. Leslie Cromwell.Mechanics of lower limb during standing and walking. John C. Y. glasses. 8. Biomedical lnstrumentation and Measurements rentice Hall of India. Material properties.Weibell and Erich A.08. heart valves. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. glass ceramics. conduction velocity and latency. References 1. 6. Handbook of Biomedical Engineering. Dynamics and analysis of human locomotion.Application and Design. implantable transducers. Orthopaedic mechanics:. Academic Press. New York. prostheses and orthotics. Defibrillator.Flow stress and Growth. 4. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Introduction (Brief description only) to Diagnosis and Therapeutic equipments: Diagnosis equipments . propagation of action potential through nerves. 7. wound healing & foreign body response.Pferffer.14 BIO MEDICAL ENGINEERING
L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE I Human Anatomy & physiology: Anatomy & Physiology of major systems of the body. Guyton. D. ECG machine.C. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.D. Houghton Mifflin company. Heart . Artificial bio-implants – Dental implants.Webster. John G. properties and rheology of bone. Cartilage and synovial fluid.Different types of biomaterials . M. New Delhi. 2.Pacemakers. upper limb and Spine.805. polymers.transducers for biological applications principles. -. structural mechanics. MODULE II Biodynamics:. EMG machine. Fred J. Therapeutic equipments . MODULE III Biomaterials:. Medical instrumentation . Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation . New Delhi.BP monitors. John Wiley & Sons. 5.S. Fung.metals. Reactions to biomaterials inflammation.Structure. R.Ratner and Hoffman. different types . kidneys.Khandpur. Tata McGraw Hill. Springer. Principle of generation and propagation of Bioelectric potentials. Transducers for Biomedical Measurements. immunology and compliment system. Transducers. Leads & Electrodes: Transducers . Biomechanics: Motion. An Introduction to Materials in Medicine. B.lung machine. Mechanics of lower limb. joints.
flow impedance curve for electronics box.Electrically Isolating High-Power Components.Electronic Equipment for Ships and Submarines -Electronic Equipment for Communication Systems and Ground Support Systems -Personal Computers.15 THERMAL MANAGEMENT OF ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS
L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4
Module 1 Introduction to the modes of heat transfer -Conduction.Radiation Heat Transfer in Space –view factor -Effects of cy/e on Temperatures in Space -Simplified Radiation Heat Transfer Equation – Combining Convection and Radiation Heat Transfer -Equivalent Ambient Temperature for Reliability Predictions Module III Forced convection cooling: Forced Cooling Methods -Cooling Airflow Direction for Fans Static Pressure and Velocity Pressure -Losses Expressed in Terms of Velocity Heads.Steady State Heat Transfer.heat sink.Circuit Board with an Aluminum Heat Sink Core. and Microprocessors-Cooling Specifications for Electronics -Specifying the Power Dissipation Module II Conduction cooling for chassis and circuit boards: Concentrated Heat Sources. solid state thermoelectric cooling. Establishing the Flow Impedance Curve for an Electronic Box-Hollow Core PCBs Cooling Air Fans for Electronic Equipment -Air Filters. Satellites.Transient Heat Transfer -Practical thermal resistances-Theoretical power dissipation in electronic components-Heat generation in active Devices-CMOS Devices. Convection and Radiation.Mounting Components on PCBs . orientation of circuit boards within the chassis. Static Pressure Losses for Various Altitude Conditions -Total Pressure Drop for Various Altitude Conditions -Finned Cold Plates and Heat Exchangers -Pressure Losses in Multiple-Fin Heat Exchangers -Fin Efficiency Factor -Undesirable Airflow Reversals -High-Power Cabinet Effects of Altitude on Heat Exchanger Performance .Heat Conduction through Sheet Metal Covers. Cooling : direct cooling and indirect cooling.Different Altitude and Power Conditions.805.cooling airflow curve-finned cold plates and heat exchangers-fin efficiency factor—undesirable airflow reversals.Two-Dimensional Analog Resistor Networks -Heat Conduction across Interfaces in Air .08.Junction FET. spray cooling-Environment stress screening techniques: damage during thermal cycling and vibration.air flow direction.Warping on PCBs with metal heat sink-Chassis with Non uniform Wall Sections.effect of altitude. jet impingement cooling. and Spacecraft . Radiation Cooling of Electronics . Mounting and cooling techniques for electronic components Various Types of Electronic Components on PCB . Electronic Equipment for Airplanes.Steady State Conduction. Microcomputers.InterconnectsResistors-Capacitors -Inductors and Transformers-Thermal engineering software. Missiles.Natural Convection Analog Resistor Networks -Natural Convection Cooling for PCBs -Natural Convection Coefficient for Enclosed Airspace -High-Altitude Effects on Natural Convection.Component Lead Wire Strain Relief Natural convection and radiation cooling: Natural Convection for Flat Vertical Plates -Natural Convection for Flat Horizontal Plates -Heat Transferred by Natural Convection -Turbulent Flow with Natural Convection -Finned Surfaces for Natural Convection Cooling . Transient cooing: Simple Insulated Systems -Thermal Capacitance -Time Constant Heating Cycle Transient Temperature Rise -Temperature Rise for Different Time Constants -Cooling Cycle Transient Temperature Change -Transient Analysis for Temperature Cycling Tests. forced liquid system cooling.Mounting High-Power Transistors on a Heat Sink Plate .Cutoff Switches -High-Altitude Conditions Conditioned Cooling Air from an External Source .Mounting Electronic Components on Brackets -Uniformly Distributed Heat Sources.
. heat pipe.Heat Conduction across Interfaces at High Altitudes -Outgassing at High Altitudes. single axis and multi axis vibration.Power MOSFET-Heat generated in passive devices.
Heat and Mass Transfer. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. Cooling of electronic systems 4.K.B. New York. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company. Incropera and David P.E. McGraw Hill Inc.References: 1. Tata McGraw Hill Inc. Dewitt. Sadik Kakac. J.. John Wiley and sons 8. 7. Nag P K. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Heat Transfer. Yunus A Cengel. Holman J P. Dave S. Thermal design pf electronic equipment. Heat and Mass Transfer. Thermal management of electronic systems 5. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. J. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Beyna. Inc 3. Steinberg Cooling Techniques for Electronic Equipment. H.Bardon. H. New York 6.Hijikata. John Wiley & Sons.Hijikata.P. Frank P. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each..Sauliniar. Heat Transfer: A Practical Approach. Ralph Remsberg.Yuncu. CRC Press LLC 2..
from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. Invariance. Tensor Symmetry. Linear Thermoelasticity. Law of Conservation of Energy. Airy Stress Function. Continuum_Mechanics. Mass Density.Scalars. Reddy. Constitutive Equations.Elasticity. Restrictions on Constitutive Equations from Invariance. Principal Values and Principal Directions of Symmetric. Plane Stress. and Motion. Lagrangian Equations of Motion. 5. Hooke’s Law for Isotropic Media.08.N. Force and Moment Equilibrium. Moment of Momentum (Angular Momentum) Principle. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Tensor Algebra in Symbolic Notation. Sudhakar Nair. Vorticity. Transformations of Cartesian Tensors. J. Second-Order Tensors. Mase & G. Stress Transformation Laws. Continuum mechanics for engineers. and Cartesian Tensors. and Volume Integrals. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Summation Convention. Volumes Module 3 Fundamental Laws and Equations . Lagrangian and Eulerian Descriptions. Indicial Notation. Octahedral Shear Stress Kinematics of Deformation and Motion . Deviator and Spherical Stress States. Field Equations.H. Equations of Motion. Finite Strain Tensors. 2. Rotation Tensor. Integral Theorems of Gauss and Stokes Module 2 Stress Principles . The Stress Tensor.The Continuum Concept.Body and Surface Forces. Vectors. Principal Stress Directions. Plane Elasticity. Continuum Mechanics Essential Mathematics . Elastic Constants. Material and Spatial Coordinates. Introduction to Tensor Calculus and Continuum Mechanics. Hooke’s Law for Anisotropic Media. Mase. 3. An Introduction to Continuum Mechanics. Matrices and Determinants. Restrictions on Elastic Materials by the Second Law of Thermodynamics. Stretch Tensors. Conservation of Mass. Maximum and Minimum Stress Values. 6. Material Derivatives of Line.16
Credits : 4 Module 1 Continuum Theory. Shaums outline. G. Areas. Principal Stresses.Particles. Configurations. Tensor Fields. The Energy Equation. Entropy and the Clausius-Duhem Equation. Deformation Gradients. Fung. Infinitesimal Deformation Theory. --2nd ed. The Displacement Field The Material Derivative. 4. J. Linear Elasticity . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Y. Torsion. Linear Momentum Principle. Strain Energy. E. Constitutive Equations.Balance Laws. Material Derivative of Line Elements.805. Heinbockel. First Course in Continuum Mechanics (1993) University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Cauchy Stress Principle.C. T. Deformation. Stress. Surface. Superposition Principle. An Introduction to Continuum Mechanics. Velocity Gradient. Hooke’s Law. Isotropic Elastostatics and Elastodynamics. Rate of Deformation. Elastic Symmetry. Tensor Calculus. The Piola-Kirchhoff Stress Tensors. Stretch Ratios. Continuity Equation. Three-Dimensional Elasticity References: 1. Mohr’s Circles for Stress.
Donald Lehman: Product management.growing and sustaining brand equity-customer based brand equity.sources of brand equity-managing brandsbuilding branding strategies.Keller. 4.805.17
PRODUCT AND BRAND MANGEMENT
Credits : 4
Module I Definition of a product. Himalaya publishing House University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Product market strategies. measuring and managing Brand equity.selecting brand name.product life cycle – product lifecycle stages and corresponding strategies Module II New product development-The challenges of product development.Opportunity identification and selectionconcept generation-concept/project evaluation-Development-Launch (Brief description only) Module III Understanding brands: Brands vs. Chunnawalla: Product Mmanagement.portfolio analysis.Merie Crawford : New Product management.types of brand awareness-Brand image-Brand identity-brand personalitybrand positioning-creating core brand values-Bringing brand to life. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. McGraw-Hill Irwin 2.Market potential and demand forecasting. Kevin Lane : Strategic Brand management.Karl T Ulrich and Steven D Eppinger : Product Design and development.08. References: 1.Identification of customer needs-Phages in product development.brand extensions-branch licensing and franchising-global branding.-product concepts-product mix concepts-product classification Product planning: Marketing plan. Tata MacGraw Hill. 3. Brand awareness. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. products-Benefits of branding-brand attributessignificance of branding to consumers and firms. Building. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Tata McGraw-Hill edition 5.
5. Mahavir – ITPI Reading Material on Planning Techniques.objectives of research-motivation in researchtypes of research-research approaches – significance of research. Coley. Leedy.A 1990 .important concepts relating to research design.interview methodquestionnaire method – processing and analyzing of data. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. 2.Wordsworth Publishing Company.simple exercises .805. preparation.S. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Day Ra.research methods Vs methodology – criteria for good research Defining research problem. Cambridge University Press .MW Macmillan publishing company.interpretation of results Module III Report writing – types of report – research report .P. structure and language of typical reports. 3. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Newbury-Sage Publications.observation method.processing options.critical literature review – identifying gap areas from literature review Module II Research design–meaning of research design-need–features of good design.different types – developing a research plan Method of data collection–collection of data.literature review – importance of literature review in defining a problem. Proposal writing.types of analysis.1989 “How to write and publish a scientific paper”. Earl Babbie. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. 4 th edition . 4. technical papersignificance. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. References: 1.different steps in the preparation – lay out.18
Credits : 4
Module 1 Introduction – meaning of research. The practice and Social Research.what is a research problem. practice.1994.D. Ansari.08. J.H.selecting the problemnecessity of defining the problem. Practical research planning and Design.M and Scheinberg C.making presentation – answering questions-use of visual aids-quality and proper usage-Importance of effective communication with illustrations.oral presentation – planning. research proposal.
Nanotechnology.K. Ian Hamley. Introduction to Nanotechnology. Ane books Pvt Ltd 2 .
Module II Fabrication methods: Top down and bottom up approaches-Top down processes: Milling.Carbon nanotubes: SW. A Subramnya.nanofluids: nanoparticles.nanoswitches . Springer-Verlag. V.nano computers.Mechanical Properties-Magnetic and Thermal properties. colloidal and solgel methods Characterisation methods: General classification of characterization methods. Electrochemical sensors.805. nanoclusters.Bottom up processes: Vapour phase deposition methods. Bandyopdhyay. nanocrystalline materials-Effects of nanometer length scale – Changes to the system total energy. quantum wells. perception. chemical methods. single molecular devices. machining process. Frank J Owens. Molecular motors and machines. Microscopy techniques: Scanning Electron Microscopy. molecular devices. A.nanofilters References: 1. preparation of nanofluids.Effect of Nanoscale dimensions on various properties – structural. nanomagnetic materials-magneto resistance. Nano Technology. New age international publishers 5. 9 Springer Handbook of Nanotechnology. nanostructured coatings. Bharat Bhushan University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. W. super lattices. thermal. nanotubes. Wiley Eastern 7. John Wiley and Sons. Atomic Force Microscopy. Nanotechnology. characterization. CVD. thermophysical properties of nanofluids in comparison with base fluid. mechanical. Charles P Poole. plasma assisted deposition process. MW. Scanning Tunneling Microscopy. Nanoscale Science and Technology. nanolayered structures. Nano science and Technology. Gregory Timp. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. T Pradeep . Greenwood Press 4. Sensors based on physical properties.08. pulsed laser methods. Transmission Electron Microscopy. 8. John Mongillo. smart dust. Nanobiosensors. Nanomaterials. Lithographics.Nano: The essentials .Muralidharan. Diffraction Techniques-Spectroscopy Techniques – Raman Spectroscopy. Jeremy Ramsden 6.nano sensors: order from chaos. nanocrystalline materials.19
Credits : 4 Module I Introduction and scope-Classification of nanostructures: Quantum dots. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. chemical.Kelsall Robert.S. electrodeposition. Module III Applications of Nanotechnology (nano materials and devices)-Applications of nanocomposites. PVD.nanomachines: covalent and non covalent approaches. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). McGraw – Hill education 3. MBE. Surface analysis and depth profiling. nanosensor based on quantum size effect. . optical and electronic properties. practical problems with molecular device. magnetic. changes to the system structures. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. quantum wires. Mark Geoghegan.
References: 1. Cooling system: Methods of cooling – coolant types. Practical Automobile Engineering. Engines: Component details – engine parts – cylinder head – cylinder block – piston – piston rings – connecting rod – crank shaft – valve actuating mechanism – combustion chambers. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Obert. (Asia Publishing House). Gear box: Principle and necessity of manual gear box – constant mesh. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.simple carburettor – modern carburettors. Joseph Hietner. Crouse 5.fuel filter . Kirpal Singh. toe-out. Delhi. 2. 6. Edward F. H.West Press Pvt. Automotive Mechanics. W. layout of chasis. Modern Transmission System. Madras. Judge 4. Standard Publishers Distributors.. Fuel systems: Fuel pump . Module II Transmission: Clutch – single and multi-plate clutches – centrifugal clutches – fluid couplings. rigid axle and independent suspensions – anti-roll bar –coil spring and leaf spring – torsion bar – Macpherson struct shock absorber – steering geometry – castercamber. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Types of wheel: Integrated rim – flat base rim alloy wheel – wheel balancing. Ignition system: Classification – battery ignition – electronic ignition – starter mechanism – solenoid switch – bendix drives.20
AUTOMOTIVE TECHNOLOGY (P)
Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: History and General classification of automobiles. vacuum and air brakes – antilock braking systems. Ltd.805. 3. toe-in. Automotive Emission Control.W. CRDI. types of drives of automobile. Brakes: Mechanical. Internal Combustion Engine and Air Pollution. Tyres: Tubeless tyres – ply ratings – radial tyres.08. I & II. East. Module III Steering and suspension: Different steering mechanisms – power steering – suspension systems – front axle. A. sliding mesh and synchro mesh gear boxes – over drives – rear wheel and four wheel drives – universal joint – rear axles. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. Station Abby. Lubrication system: Pressurised systems – SAE classification of lubricating oil – oil filter – oil pump. Petrol injection – MPFI. Automobile Engineering.Vol. hydraulic.
Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. UK. 1996. solidification of single crystals. Nickel base and Cobalt base super alloys.H. Module III Super alloys and other materials: Iron base. “Stress Analysis for Creep”. 3. 1983. REFERENCES: 1. 1985. interaction of hot corrosion and creep. Courtney T. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Module II Fracture: Various types of fracture. definition of creep curve. Monkman-Grant relationship. Butterworths. 6. composition control. The Metals Society. kinetic laws of oxidationdefect structure and control of oxidation by alloy additions. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion. hardening. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). W. 2. 4th Edition. modified hot gas corrosion. USA. John Wiley. 5. methods of combat hot corrosion. grain boundary strengthening.T. USA. various stages of creep. ductile and brittle materials. cleavage fracture. Design for creep resistance: Design of transient creep time. embrittlement. temperature and strain rate. ductile fracture due to micro void coalescence-diffusion controlled void growth. “Deformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materials”. hot gas corrosion deposit. brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature. R.805. “Flow and Fracture at Elevated Temperatures”. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. USA. J. “Directionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature Service”. Pilling. solid solution strengthening. American Society for Metals. “Mechanical Behavior of Materials”. precipitation hardening by gamma prime. 4. fluxing mechanisms. “Creep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloys”. effect of stress.. high temperature ceramics.21
HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS
Credits : 4 Module I Creep: Factors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures. metallurgical factors influencing various stages. TCP phase. Hertzberg R. fracture maps for different alloys and oxides. Spencer J. 1990. Boyle J. 1981. 1985. Applied Science. USA. Intermetallics. McLean D.. McGraw-Hill.. strain hardening. Raj.08. Bressers. Oxidation and hot corrosion: Oxidation. expressions of rupture life of creep.. Bedworth ratio.
stress.surface hardening – casting – Moulding – coiling. Health. Jaico publishers House – 1996 5.safety analysis.safety committees – safety committees structure – roll of management and roll of Govt.22
INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ENGINEERING
Credits : 4
Module I Introduction to the development of industrial safety and management .ISBN: 0131423924 2. safety and the physical environment: Control of industrial noise and protection against it. John Channing.08.ISBN: 0138965153 3. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. ISBN: 075064559 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.V. Krishnan. 5th Edition. “Safety in Industry”.Code and regulations for worker safety and health.machining shop – drilling – polishing machine – safety in assembly shop – material handling – dock safety – safety in generation and distribution of power – distribution and handling of industrial gases – safety in inspection – safety in chemical laboratories – ammonia printing – safety in power press – safety in sewage – disposal and cleaning. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. “Industrial Safety and Health Management”.805.Heat treatment processes shops – electroplating – grinding – forming processes..rolling – forging . Willie Hammer. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. 4. 1999. Engineering methods of controlling chemical hazards. Education and training in safety – prevention causes and cost of accident. “Occupational safety manual” – BHEL.C. Nair Publishers. Operational safety (cold metal operation): Safety in handling of portable power tools – hand grinder . in industrial safety . Prentice Hall. REFERENCES: 1. Module II Operational safety (Hot Metal Operation): Hot metal operation – safety in Cutting – safety in welding – safety in Boilers. 2000 . Trivandrum. 1998.M. The Acts which deal the safety and industrial hygiene: Features of Factory Act – explosive Act – boiler Act – ESI Act – workman’s compensation Act – industrial hygiene – occupational safety – diseases prevention – ergonomics. House keeping – first aid – fire fighting equipment – Accident reporting – investigations. fatigue. 2003 . 5th edition. N. “Safety Law For Occupational Health and Safety”. “Industrial safety and the law”. Industrial psychology in accident prevention – safety trials. Module III Accident prevention and protective equipments: Personal protective equipment – survey the plant for locations and hazards – part of body to be protected. Prentice Hall. ButterworthHeinemann. Occupational diseases. Ray Asfahl C. Fifth Edition. Safety in Industrial pollution and control – working at height. safety and the physical environment. “Occupational Safety Management and Engineering”.History and development of Industrial safety – implementation of factories Act – formation of various council – safety and productivity – safety organizations. John Ridley.Pressure vessels – Furnace (all types) . P.. 6.
Dieter. Design for brittle fracture and fatigue fracture. Product Life Cycle. Design for Casting. Modeling and simulation. Nondestructive testing methods. optimization.FEM . residual stresses in design.Steps. how to price a product. Techniques for failure analysis. cost versus performance relations. designing with plastics. Mc Graw Hill. Mathew Philip. Engineering Design. mathematical modeling and computer simulation. Role of processing in design. simple design examples. Causes of failures. linear programming. Communicating the design. Probabilistic approach to design. Chris Rose Elsevier Science and Technology books 3. weighted property index. search methods. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. cost comparison. The design Process. 2. Design Drawings. REFERENCES 1. Richard Morris. Mechanical Engineering Design. George E. Design Engineering-John R. life cycle costing. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
Credits : 4
Module-I Engineering activities. Design for reliability. Module-III Economic decision making. Design for assembly. review of CAD. Design for Machining. Material selection process. inflation. Shigley University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Cost evaluation. cost models Failure analysis. design examples. Morphology of Design.805. Design Engineering Harry Cather. depreciation. Design for welding.A Materials and Processing Approach. method of developing cost estimates. sensitivity and break even analysis.Dixon 4.08. design for corrosion resistance. Reliability theory. Ethics in Engineering. Creative problem solving and decision making. Failure modes. The Engineering Profession. value analysis. Evaluation methods for materials. Methods of optimum design Module-II Material selection. Performance characteristics of materials. visual aids and graphics. profitability. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).FDM. categories of cost. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. recording of results and writing technical reports.
. . TATA McGraw Hill Publications. rims and tyres and accessories of wheeled tractors. crawler details .Engine balancing . " Tractor and Automobiles ". brakes and braking system.Fuel tanks and filters . power transmission.Rodicheva. 2. MIR Publishers..Liquid cooling system .Tractors.24 TRACTORS & FARM EQUIPMENTS
Credits : 4 MODULE I General Design of Tractors: Classification of tractors . selection based on haul distance.Farm equipment .Fuel pumps. Lambert Henry.Valve mechanism components Cooling system . selection of equipments including the nature of operating selection based on the type of soil. basic rules for matching machines. 1975 4. MIR.Components. and V. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. selection of machines. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0
. Publishers. 1987.08. steering clutch and braking system in crawler tractors.Air cleaner and turbo charger . Layout of wheeled tractor. Harris Pearson & Wilkes.General engine design . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). 1977 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Kolchin. Geleman and M. 1972. Agricultural Implements: Working attachment of tractors .A. Rodichev and G.Safety rules. Lubricating system servicing and troubles . tractor stability and ride characteristics Layout of crawler tractors.Basic engine performance characteristics. Moscow. MI1R Publishers Moscow. selection based on weather conditions. Maskovin. hydraulic control system. wheels.Farm tractors. 1975 5. power take off. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Smith .Farm machinery and equipment. MODULE III Control System of Tractors: Power transmission.Main components of tractor .805.Construction and operation of the valve mechanism . MIR Publishers. steering system. Guruvech and B.Connecting rods and crankshafts . 3. References: 1.Classification .Auxiliary equipment Trailers and body tipping mechanism.Classification . Cylinder and pistons . MODULE II Power Plant in Tractors: Engine cycles – Operation of multicylinder engines . methods of selection of equipments. Sorekin. A.Demidov " Design of Automotive engines for tractor ".
estimation of execution times.I. 3. Elsevier science publishers.a/d and d/a converters .25 EMBEDED SYSTEM IN AUTOMOBILES
L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4
MODULE . high precision learning control system for the engine control.instruction set of 8085 mpu-t-state machine cycle and instruction cycles ..805. division.Bianco and A. 1986. suspension system control. " Microprocessors with Applications in Process Control ". MODULE -II Assembly language programmimg construct of the language programming . Instruction set instruction format .S. MODULE . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. development of a high speed.fetch and execute operations . L.switches. Wiley Eastern Ltd.serial i/o.input / output ports 8212.different machine cylces .programmed i/o . 5.temperature control ..multiple precision addition and subtraction . Ramesh.S. Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co Ltd.P. z-80 and mc 6800 mpu and its pin function . code conversion using look up tables stack and subroutines. 1989. " Automotive Micro Electronics ". " Microprocessor Application in Automoblies ".. driver information systems). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. References: 1. Data transfer schemes interrupt structure . Tata McGraw-Hill. 6.assembly directive .stepper motor control .bcd to binary and binary to bcd. Goankar. Jabez Dhinagar..timing diagrams . multiplication. 8251.interrupt driven i/o. SAE Transactions. 2. 8255.architecture .assembly format of 8085 .S.I Architecture general 8 bit micropocessor and its architecture 8085. Aditya. " Microprocessor Architecture Programming and Applications". octal latches and tristate buffers . dma . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).08. " Introduction to Microprocessors ". Ahson.III Interfacing devices types of interfacing devices . 1986.Mathur. 8279. New Delhi.. 1986. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.automotive applications engine control. New Delhi.Labella. New Delhi. Applications data acquisitions . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. III Edition. led' rom and ram s interfacing.addressing modes .function of different sections. 1986 Sec 3. 4.
computer aided design of frame for passenger and commercial vehicle . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0
.moments and stresses on frame members. Steeds. New York. MODULE . 1992. " Torque converter ". covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). 2.. 7. determination of optimum dimensions and proportions for steering linkages ensuring minimum error in steering. design details of final drive gearing. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Giles. Khanna Publisher. Chilton Book Co. " Automobile Chassis Design ". 4. 1982. determination of bearing loads at kingpin bearings. llliffe Books Ltd.26 COMPUTER AIDED VEHICLE DESIGN
Credits : 4 MODULE . " Mechanics of Road vehicles ". Drive line and read axle computer aided design of propeller shaft. Newton. Heldt. 3.W.J.moments and stresses at different sections of front axle. Steeds & Garret. design details of roller and sprag type of clutches.M. " Suspension and tyres ". 1982. Giri. MODULE -II Front axle and steering systems analysis of loads . " Automobile Mechanics "... llliffe Books Ltd.P..K. Clutch torque capacity of clutch.N.III Gear box computer aided design of three speed and four speed gear boxes. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.M..computer aided design of leaf springs . " Automotive Chassis ". London. wheel spindle bearings. llliffe Books Ltd.. . 1996 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.08.G. 5.I Vehicle frame and suspension study of loads .. New York. References: 1. New Delhi. choice of bearings. Steering. Chilton Co. Heldt. computer aided design of clutch components.P. " Motor vehicle ". 1992. London. design details of full floating.805...coil springs and torsion bar springs.semi-floating and three quarter floating rear shafts and rear axle housings. llliffe Books Ltd. Dean Averns. London. 6. 1990. 1988.
Liquid propellant feed systems injectors. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
.Types.Control of instabilities – Cooling of Rocket motors Flight Performance. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.1 PROPULSION ENGINEERING
L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module. Selection. Compressors. Scramjet.Test facilities and safeguards.Classification.augumentation.III Chemical Rockets. References. Igniters liquid propellants.ELECTIVE V
08.Airscrew. turbines.Hybrid Rockets combustion processes in SPR and LPR combustion instability. 1.Classification.grain Configurations. Turboshaft. Mechanics and Thermodynamics of propulsion3. Performance parameters for chemical rockets and their relationship. turbofan. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Pulsejet and Rocket engines.806.I Fundamentals of Propulsion. electrical nuclear and solar rockets.Velocity and attitude in simplified vertical Refractory staging of rockets. Module II Turbojet engine components. Combustion chambers. Solid propellants.burning rate. P. Theory of propulsion – Thrust. Starting and ignition – Precautions in propellant handling. Rocket Testing. Thermodynamics analysis of turbojet engine cycle.Typical fuels and oxidizers. Ramjet. properties and specifications. Turboprop. Measurement System Terminology. thrust power and efficiencies of turbojet engine. Flight Testing. Module. Turbojet. Rocket propulsiongeneral operating principles of chemical. Energy and efficiencies. nozzles turbine and compression matching – Thrust.air intakes.Classification types of propulsive devices. Sutton Hill and Peterson Mathur and Sharma
University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Rocket Propulsion elements2. Comparative study of performance characteristics applications. simple problems. Gas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionG.
Calculation of freezing time. ships and in space crafts. Laboratories. ASHRAE Date Book. Plant air flow design. Principles of Refrigeration – Dossat 2. Drying during constant and falling the above periods. Fruit Juice Concentrates and Bakery products. Automobile air conditioning Air conditioning for Aircrafts. Fruits. Heating and cooling loads.2 INDUSTRIAL REFRIGERATION
L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Brief Review of the methods of refrigeration – Air vapor compression and vapor absorption refrigeration systems. Review of the components of a vapor compression system. marine refrigeration. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). printing plants. Food storage requirement. Refrigeration load in freezers.(3 Volumes) University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Control systems diagram. Relation between air velocity and freezing time. Textile processing etc. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. frozen storages. Methods of Food Preservation :Microbiology of foods. single duct variable air temperature and volume controls. Refrigerated trucks. Theaters. Theories and methods of chilling and freezing. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. Introduction to Automatic control systems – components of control systems. Eggs. Refrigeration in chemical Industry. Dairy products. Heat velocity of foods. Such as Meat. Vegetables. Temperature – Time graph of Freezing process. duct work design – variation of air pressure along a duct. Heating and ventilating control. storage and distribution of chilled and frozen foods. Refrigerated warehouse . System Design – Ventilation requirements. References 1. Poultry.806. Design of cold storage and frozen stores . Railway refrigerated cars. Duct sizing. Module III Industrial Air conditioning – for different type of Buildings – Hospitals. Computer Centre .08. Fish. Cold storage. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Module II Processing. Refrigeration in Air transport. Relation between moisture content and time. trailers and containers. Elementary ideas of the controls used in chilled water plants. Beverage Products.
“Reliability Engineering”.O. parallel and mixed configuration – simple problems. mean time between failure. “Statistical Quality control”.08. mean time to failure. 5. Prentice Hall Connor.. Maintainability and availability – simple problems.T. definition of SQC. “Manufacturing & Operations Strategy”. LTPD.Srinath. Control chart for attributes –control chart for proportion or fraction defectives – p chart and np chart – control chart for defects – C and U charts.. State of control and process out of control identification in charts. 4.use of Pareto analysis – design for reliability – redundancy unit and standby redundancy – Optimization in reliability – Product design – Product analysis – Product development – Product life cycles. AQL..H. AOQL conceptsstandard sampling plans for AQL and LTPD. John Wiley
University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. benefits and limitation of SQC. “Statistical Quality Control”. P. Economics of inspections .C.806.factors – process capability – process capability studies and simple problems – Theory of control chart. Grant.uses of standard sampling plans. Formulation of Inspection lots and selection of samples. Eugene . 1. “ Practical Reliability Engineering”. Quality assurance. Khanna Publishers Danny Samson.D. Khanna Publishers Besterfield D. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).uses of control chart – Control chart for variables – X chart. R chart and σ chart. hazard rate. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Minimum inspection per lot. Module II The concept of Acceptance sampling. definition of quality. References. McGraw-Hill L. Affiliated East west press Monohar Mahajan. multiple sampling techniques – The Operating characteristic curve– producer’s Risk and consumer’s Risk. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
.L “Statistical Quality Control”.Gupta. Prentice Hall Sharma S. “Inspection Quality Control and Reliability”. 7. system reliability. 6. Quality cost-Variation in process. “Quality Control”. 8. Dhanpat Rai & Sons R. 2. 3.S.C. series. double. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Mean failure rate.3 INDUSTRIAL QUALITY CONTROL
L-T-D: 3-1-0 Module 1 Credits : 4
Introduction. Reliability improvements – techniques. Module III Life testing – Objective – failure data analysis. basic concept of quality.Lot by lot sampling – types – probability of acceptance in single.
" Heat Exchanger Design ". D. Condensers – Condensation of a single vapour –Dropwise and film wise condensation – Process applications – Condensation on a surface – Development of equation for calculation – Comparison between horizontal and vertical condensers – The allowable pressure drop for a condensing vapour – Influence of impurities on condensation – Condensation of steam – Design of a surface condenser – Different types of boiling . John Wiley & Sons. Temperature distribution and its implications. 3. 5. New Delhi. Overall heat transfer co-efficient.Kern. Channel divergence. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.F. Effectiveness. Logarithmic mean temperature difference (LMTD). T. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. New York. " Process Heat Transfer ". Friction factor. Ann Arber Science pub. " Industrial Heat Exchangers " .Thermal Stress in tubes. Types of failures. Testing and Maintenance.Hewitt and N. Edition. 6. McGraw Hill Book Co. 1980.Q.08. 1996. NTU – Effectiveness– Calculation of heat transfer area by different methods – Caloric or average fluid temperature – The pipe wall temperature.A Basic Guide. Hemisphere Publishing Corporation. Module II Design of double pipe Exchanges – Shell and tube pipe exchangers – The tubular element – Tube pitch – Shells – Tube sheet – Baffles – Tube sheet layout and tube counts (tube matrix) – V-band Exchangers – Shell side film coefficients – Shell side mean velocity – Shell side Equivalent diameter – The true temperature difference in 1-2 Exchanger – Shell side and tube side pressure drips – Fouling factors – Design of a shell and type – Type 1 Exchangers – Extended surface exchangers – Design of a Finned type double pipe exchanger – Longitudinal Fins and Transverse fin.. Fans and Pipes.Industrial Applications. Holger Martin. Second Edition. London.4
DESIGN OF HEAT TRANSFER EQUIPMENT
Credits : 4
Module I Classification and General features of heat Exchangers. Arthur P. Theory and Pratice. G. Module III Design of Evaporators: Design of Shell and Tube. 1997.Frass. Computation of total pressure drop of shell side and tube side for both baffled and unbaffled types – Pressure drop in pipes and pipe annulus. 4. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.P. References: 1.. TEMA standards University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. 1992.Afgan " Heat Exchangers ". 2. Plate type evaporators. 7. " Cooling Tower ".Sukatme. McGraw Hill Book Co. 1981. A Text book on Heat Transfer – S. Nicholas Cheremisioff. Shell and Tube Heat Exchangers. " Heat Exchangers ".806.. Tata McGraw Hill. Walker. Cooling Towers : Packing. Pressure loss.Taborek. Experimental Methods. 1980. Spray design. Regenerators and Recuperators. Effect of Turbulence. Selection of pumps. Counter flow and parallel flow.
Pitman Publishing Ltd. New Delhi. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
.introducing new products.. TIFAC. 5.factors contributing to successful technological innovation . " Managing technological innovation".the need for creativity and innovation .P.806. Module II Collection of ideas and purpose of project . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). 4. Module III Design of proto type . Harry Nystrom.quality standards .Patent laws International code for patents .different techniques. 1992.testing . Bulletins. Prentice Hall Inc. 1992.Selection criteria . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.brain storming . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Intellectual property rights (IPR). John Wiley & Sons.Patents . " Creativity and innovation".R.Patent application References: 1.cost evaluation .screening ideas for new products (evaluation techniques).Testing . Brain Twiss.5
CREATIVITY AND PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT
Credits : 4
Module I The process of technological innovation .Khandwalla .marketing research . I.creativity and problem solving .N. 3. 1992. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. P. 2. 1997. Harry B.Watton.Wheeler Publishing ". Research and new product development .. 1979.Patent search .Model Preparation . Allahabad. " New Product Planning ". Creative design ." Fourth Eye (Excellence through Creativity) .08.
Gopalakrishnan . Exponentially weighed smoothening. Scientific Inventory Management 2.Bnchan & Kbenigsberg . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Materials Management 4. HML. REFERENCES 1. Inventory costs and EOQ model. Systems of Inventory control. Effects in Cost.6 COMPUTERIZED MATERIALS MANAGEMENT
L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE . Correction for fluctuations. Introduction to JIT philosophy – Features and impact in Materials Management. Inventory Management 3.Shah . The need for the integrated approach in Material management Demand forecasting – Various qualitative and quantitative methods of demand forecasting – Different type of averaging. VED. MODULE -III Vendor rating and source selection. Methods and principles of Storing and retrieving items. Time series analysis. Integrated Material management 5. Store and Material control – Receipts and issues – Stores Record.R. and MUSIC. Techniques and materials.M . Price breaks and quantities – Effects of variations in leadtime and demand.806. Delphi and other Group techniques. Use of Indian Standards for Vendor rating. MODULE .Tershine
University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Development of Computer Programme for forecasting.08. 3-D approaches.Starr & Miller .P. Principles of Inventory management . FSN. Development of Computer Programme for ABC analysis – Codification and standardization Systems and Techniques.I Introduction to Materials management – Importance of material management and its role in industries.II Inventory control – Basic methods in Inventory – Assumptions used in deriving models. Effects of shortage cost on EOQ. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Material handling devices used in stores – Application of Computers in Material handling – Design of informatic systems for procurement and storage using computer. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. Coverage analysis in Material management. Design of Inventory control systems. Make or buy decisions – Materials Requirements Planning Concept. Purchasing – Purchase organization – legal aspects of buying – Purchase Procedure. methods and illustration examples. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Classification systems and selective Inventory control – ABC. Development of simple Computer Programme for forecasting.
H. Meirovitch L..joint properties of ergodic random processes cross-correlation functions for linear systems .joint and conditional probability distributions .Wiener-Khintchine equations .contour integration .weakly stationary and strongly stationary random processes .single function of multiple random variables .spectral classification of random processes (narrow band.introduction . white noise) .response of a linear system function to stationary random excitation .response of multi-degree of freedom system to random excitations . Random Variables And Stochastic Processes”.Bayes’ theorem .time averages and correlation functions . “Probability Concepts in Engineering Planning and Design”. “Random Vibration in Mechanical Systems”.D.covariance and correlation mean and variance .standard normal distribution . “Mathematical Analysis Of Random Noise”.lognormal distribution .moments of functions of random variables Module II Random processes .D. Inc.S. variance..response of a single degree of freedom system to random excitation .K. in “Selected Papers on Noise and Stochastic Processes”. Over Publications 7. Wiley Inter Science. coefficient of variation. McGraw Hill 3.Venn diagram . Lin Y. Bendat & Piersol.08..functions of single random variable .basic axioms of probability . & Tang W.properties of spectral density functions .main descriptors of a random variable (mean.joint probability distribution of two random variables . McGraw Hill.mutually exclusive events and collectively exhaustive events .G.binomial distribution .moment generating functions. skewness and kurtosis) .7
Credits : 4 Module I Basic probability concepts . “Probability Theory In Structural Dynamics”. standard deviation. Kogakusha Ltd..power spectral density functions .level crossing expected frequency and amplitude of narrow band Gaussian processes .introduction .ergodic random processes .De Morgan’s rule . “Elements of Vibration Analysis”. “Random Data Analysis And Measurement Procedure”. Shahram Sarkoni.Fourier transforms . Papoulies A. median.simple events and combination of events ..absolute moments and central moments .H.806.probability density and distribution functions properties of autocorrelation functions .. & Mark W. Prentice Hall. 9.ensemble averages and correlation functions .geometric distribution . I.beta distribution . “Stochestic Process & Random Vibration. mode.impulse response and frequency response function as Fourier transform pair . Crandall S. Academic Press 8..conditional probability statistical independence . Jullius Solnes.definition of a random variable . characteristic functions and log characteristic functions.joint properties of stationary random processes .H. Rice S. McGraw Hill 4.theorem of total probability .elements of set theory . Useful probability distributions .response of one -dimensional continuous systems to random excitations References: 1. Vol.multiple functions of multiple random variables .Rayleigh distribution Module III Response to random excitations .probability distribution and probability distribution and probability density of discrete and continuous random variables .events and probability . Lutes L. John Wiley
. Ang A.negative binomial distribution . wide band. John Wiley 5.normal distribution . John Wiley 2. 6. “Stochastre Analysis of Structural & Mechanical Vibration”.extreme value distributions .Poisson process and Poisson distribution hypergeometric distribution .gamma distribution . “Probability.
from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.
MODULE III Kinematics chains of n-links : Number of lines of centres – Kinematics chains with constrained motion – Minimum number of hinges in one link in a closed chain with constrained motion – General analysis of Kinematics chains – Transformation of kinematics chain by the use of higher hinges – Replacement of turning pairs by sliding pairs – Criterion of constrained motion for Kinematic chain with higher pairs . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). MODULE II The Euler – Savarg equation and its graphical representation – Determination of the Centre of Curvature of the path of a point – Euler savarg equation for points between the instantaneous centre and the inflexion point – General form of the Euler – Savarg equation – Relation between the position of a point in the movable plane and the centre of the curvature of its path – The inflection circle – Envelops and generation curves – Transformation of Euler – Savarg equation – Graphical construction – Construction of the inflexion centre if the centre of the curvature of both centrodes are known . An Introduction to the Synthesis of mechanism : Two position of link – Three position of a link – The pole triangle and practical application.Jr. Kinematics of Mechanism .806. Hall University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Linkage Design . Analytical Design of 4 bar Mechanism for co-ordinated motion of the crank: Fneuden – Steins equations – Sample design – Three co-ordinate crank position – Co-ordinates of the crank velocities and derivatives – Design of a four bar mechanism for constant angular velocity ratio of the cranks – Choice of knecesion points . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
.8 ADVANCED KINEMATICS OF MACHINES
L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE I Kinematics Pairs : Classifications of kinematics pairs – Number of points of support in a plane – Subdivision of higher pairs – Kinematics chains – Classification of Kinematics chains – Coupler curves : Definition and Equation – Roberts law – Cognate linkages – Cognate of the slider crank – Double points of a coupler curve – Coupler curve atlas .08. REFERENCES 1.Rosenouver and Willis 2. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.
evaluation techniques .other financial instruments ..finance and related disciplines scope of financial management . References: 1.C. "Modern Corporate Finance".an overview on Indian financial system Financial analysis . Vikas publisher University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.equity . Prasanna Chandra.08.foreign investments and financing sources .Euro currency market. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Max well Macmillan 4.M. Brealey & Onyers.determinants .traditional technique .computation of working capital Sources of corporate finance . Pandey I.working capital basis only Capital budgeting: nature . McGraw Hill 5.9
Credits : 4
Module I Introduction . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. "Principles of corporate Finance”. GDR. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).. Euro issues.capital market . TMH 3. ADR etc. TMH 2.debt . "Financial Management".stock exchanges . "Financial Management".financial statement analysis . Khan & Jain.806.functions objectives of financial management . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
.discounted cash flow techniques (NPV & IRR) Module III Working capital: nature .ratio analysis Module II Statement of change in financial position . Shapiro A. "Financial Management".
simulation procedure . “Automation.head indexers . “Flexible Manufacturing Systems in Practice”. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
.NC programming with interactive graphics Module II Manufacturing systems .08. Emory & Zimmers.controlling precision . Kant Vajpayee.programming of robots assembly & inspection Module III Flexible manufacturing system management .economics of FMS .pallets .basic components of NC systems .tools and tooling .benefits of FMS .application of computers for design manufacturing data base.FMS design . Production Systems and Computer Integrated Manufacturing”. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).NC coordinate systems .input/output devices – software . 4.automated guided vehicles . Marcel Dekker Inc.hardware .tape coding and format .development of manufacturing system .806.application of numerical control .simulation and analysis of FMS . Prentice Hall of India.group technology .components of FMS . Yoram Koren.industrial robots .10
FLEXIBLE MANUFACTURING METHODS
Credits : 4
Module I Introduction Computer technology .fixtures . Prentice Hall of India 2. “CAD/CAM Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing”. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.work handling equipments system storage .FMS work station .APT language . “Principles of Computer Integrated Manufacturing”.approaches to modelling for FMS .machining centres .P.mini/micro computers and programmable controllers .the design process .computer assisted part programming .FMS control software . 5. “Computer Control of Manufacturing Systems”.artificial intelligence References : 1.types of memory .NC part programming punched tape .manning of FMS . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.manual part programming . Numerical control of machine tools. Groover M.Job coding and classification .tool management . Prentice Hall of India 3.network simulation . McGraw.computer aided design fundamentals of CAD . Hill Book Company. Joseph Talavage & Hannam.motion control system . Groover.
Patankar Suhas V. References: 1. advantages. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Springer Verlag 4... method for generating stream line. Characteristics of turbulent flow. Numerical problem up to four unknowns using TDMA. TVD and Van-leer schemes for compressible flow.Steady and unsteady flows. explicit and Crank-Nicolson schemes. Upwind. TDMA method. Eddy diffusivity. Commerical CFD packages.. Versteeg H. Solution of Lagrangian coordinates of a fluid particle. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. convective and diffusion. Structured and unstructured mesh. “Computational Techniques for Fluid Dynamics I. Taylor & Francis University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Anderson Dale A.J. Analytical solution of a one-dimensional convection diffusion equation. Stream lines. Classification of structured grids. Turbulence models: Baldwin-Lomax and k-ε models only..K. Historical background.11
COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS
Credits : 4
Module I Introduction to CFD.. . & Pletcher Richard H.806. Density based solutions for compressible flow. Equation of transport of a scalar. Module II Cell centered finite volume discretisations of terms of governing equations such as time derivative. “Computational Fluid Mechanics and Heat Transfer”. central and blended difference approximations for convection term. Typical boundary conditions such as Dirichlets and Neumann conditions. Turbulent Kinetic energy and dissipation rate. “An introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics” Longman 3.SIMPLE and PISO algorithms. Euler and Navier-Stokes equations. Basic steps of CFD. Method of drawing a velocity vector. Module III Pressure-velocity decoupling for incompressible flows .. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
.A. applications. Fletcher C. Typical results of CFD analysis. Tannehill John C. Near wall treatments and wall functions. Meshes. & Malalasekera W.08. Governing equations: continuity and momentum equations. Implicit. Potential. velocity contours and pressure contours. “Numerical Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow”. Taylor & Francis 2. QUICK scheme.
Epistemology of forecasting : Nature of technological change – ontological and teleological views – Types of forecasts – Exploratory projections – Target projections – Validity criteria . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Technology forecasting .08. Trend extrapolation : Curve fitting – Envelops . MODULE III Policy and strategic planning : Planning as tool for forecasting – Policy – Planning methods – Strategic planning methods – Cast effectiveness – PPOS – Demand oriented planning – Operations analysis and systems analysis .806. Mc Graw Hill 2. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Dimensions of technological change : Intellectual . of Science and Technology. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. Philosophical and cultural factors – Political and international factors – Military and strategic posture – Macro economics – Micro economics – Communications and social feed back – Technological diffusion and innovation .metaphors and structural models – Phenomenological models – Operational models and simulations . MODULE II Forecasting techniques Morphological analysis : Analysis of functional capabilities Morphological analysis of future words – Network methods . Heuristic forecasts : Extrapolation of dependant variables and constrained variables – analogies . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. TA and its relevance – History of TA in Government and Industry – Steps in TA – The MITRE Methodology – Brief review of techniques which can be used in TA including cross impact analysis .12
Credits : 4 MODULE I Introduction and Historical Background – Examples of notable successes and failures. constraints and scales – intensive and extensive micro variables – The inertia of trend curves . cost benefit analysis and formal models – Case studies – (Suggested projects : To be a TA project relevant to the Kerala context)
REFERENCES 1. Introduction to technology assessment . Intuitive methods – Forecasting by experts – Structured interactions – Man – machine interactions. New Delhi.Rober U Ayres . systems analysis . Selected readings on Technology assessment – IIT Bombay and Dept.
structure and Development.806. Cost-benefit analysis. Information Systems for Modern management. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Technical foundations of information systems MODULE II System Development – system development life cycle – structured methodologies – Prototyping – CASE methodology. structure chart. Gordon B Davis. Database. 2.08. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Computers and Information Systems – Robert .Hardware.The strategic role of information in Organisational Management.testing –Software quality assurance-software metrics. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Project selection. Input design and control. Channel configurations. System Development. tools for Documenting procedures and Decisions. 1999. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
.DSS and ESS. Coding techniques. System control. Data flow diagram. Data structure diagram.Security. Murdick and Ross University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Interviewing staff.System Investigation.Modems. John wiley &Sons 5. Application of Information Systems: Accounting Information systems and Financial Information System. Feasibility study.Challenges of Information Systems . People and Procedures -Data Communication network. File and data base design. Types of networks. Types of Communication Channels. Role of System Analyst in Data processing and User departments. Laudon and Jane P. 2002. Prentice-Hall 4.13
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Credits : 4 MODULE I Introduction to Information Systems .Contemporary approach to Information systems . Pearson education. System analysis. Documentation tools. Software. Need for System analysis.Burch John. Marketing Information System. Development of System Profiles. Identify Data and Information Produced.Types and examples of Information systems. Channel sharing devices. Identifying areas for system study. Activities in requirement determination. Tools for determining System requirement. Management Information Systems : Conceptual Foundations. 7. Output system design.G Jr and Others. Kenneth C. MODULE III System Design. Banking Information Systems. Information Systems theory And Practice. Information Systems – A Management Perspective – Steven Alter. OAS. Management Information Systems – Managing the digital firm. inspection of Documents. McGraw Hill 3. TPS. Data dictionary.Detection of errors – verification and validating.System Implementation and control . Laudon. Tata Mc Graw Hill 6.Computer based Information Systems .S.A. Information technology Infrastructure. MIS. REFERENCES 1. Addison Wesley. Structured system design. System concept: Organisation as a system. System analysis completion report. Documentation. Structured analysis. Flow charts. Fact finding. Management Information Systems-James A O’Briean.
cycle. Routing problems:. safety stock policies. Basic inventory models:. priority rules for dispatching jobs. Dispatching Module III Aggregate planning:. mathematical programming and heuristics.scheduling. Module II Design of layout of factories. White – PHI 3. Just-in-time.definition. multi item forecasting.algorithms. Pyke & Peterson – John Willey & Sons University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. batch processing technique. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. L. and software packages. Production systems – James . White and J. Long and Short-term demand forecasting methods. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. value of decision rules. managing and maintenance of MPS. Inventory Management and Production Planning and Scheduling – Silver. multi-item joint replacement model. Facilities Location and Layout – an analytical approach – R. Aggregate inventory management:. PHI 2.bill of material. implementation. aggregate planning strategies. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).basic models. methods.08.806. Estimation of trend. Computer applications in layout designs. Production and Operations Management – Buffa – John Wiley & Sons 4. Enterprise Resource Planning.Exchange curves. structuring BOM. controlling continuous production. shop loading.L. slow-moving item forecasting. Line balancing methods. Introduction to Business Process Re-engineering. sequencing. A. disaggregation techniques. KANBAN system. Storage facilities and general equipment for amenities of working people – Product. Process and combination layout – Systematic layout planning – Design of Assembly lines.14 PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
L-T-D: 3-1-0 Module I Credits : 4
Demand forecasting:. MRP concepts and advantages. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Regression analysis and smoothing methods. Riggs – John Wiley & Sons 6. distribution inventory systems. Production Planning and Inventory Control – Narasimhan et al. joint determination of Q and R. Storage area etc. Material Requirements Planning:.assumptions. Inventory systems under risk:service levels. time-varying demands. Operations Management: Strategy and Analysis – Krajewski LJ – Pearson Education 5.. performance measures. References: 1. and seasonality components. safety stock. Master production schedule:.MRP and MRP II. stock out situations. on consideration of facilities of working people. Office. Job Shop production activity planning:. Analysis of forecast error and computer control of forecasting systems. Capacity planning and control.
from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
.progress payments. Post project evaluation. schedule of payments and physical progress. 1999 4. 5. Concepts and uses of PERT. time-cost trade off. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.work break down structure.806. Project risk. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Accounting rate of return-net present value-Benefit cost ratio-internal rate of return. cost as a function of time. implementation and review – Prasannachandra – Tata McGraw Hill 2. selection.Demand forecasting techniques.Technical analysis. Module III Project administration. Project Evaluation and Review Techniques/cost mechanisms.pay back period.08. Project Management – Gopalakrishnan – Mcmillan India Ltd. References: 1.Mcgraw Hill International Edition. Break even analysis.Planning. Non-financial justification of projects. Social cost benefit analysis and economic rate of return.15
Credits : 4 Module I Concept of a project-classification of projects.importance of project management. Larson McGraw Hill 3. Gray & Erik W. Capital budgeting process. use of Critical Path Method (CPM). expenditure planning.market and demand analysis. analysis.Analysis-Selection-Financing-Implementation-Review. Determination of least cost duration. Introduction to various Project management softwares. Market planning and marketing research process.The project life cycle.David I Cleland . Generation and screening of project ideas. Project Management – the Managerial Process – Clifford F.establishing project priorities( scope-cost-time)project priority matrix. Project planning. Project management . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Basic techniques in capital budgeting-non discounting and discounting methods. Project Management-Harry-Maylor-Peason Publication University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Module II Financial estimates and projections: Cost of projects-means of financing-estimates of sales and production-cost of production-working capital requirement and its financing-profitabilityprojected cash flow statement and balance sheet. project scheduling and network planning.
heat loss factor.Vol. Scavenging of 2 stroke engines – Schweitzer 6. airflow measurement.2 2.Materials and manufacturing process of main components of engines. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.various methods of scavenging and charge induction.V. Measurement aspects related to IC engines-speed measurement. effects of operating variables like compression ratio. trapping efficiency. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. exhaust blow down. connecting rod.
MODULE II Two stroke engines-introduction-advantages and disadvantages-Scavenging. Actual cycle and their analysis-time loss factor. scavenging efficiency. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. and charging efficiency. References: 1 IC Engine theory and practise – C. exhaust gas measurement and treatment. IC Engines – Shyam K Agarwal University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. poppet valves. Preliminary analysis.1 and Vol. Cylinder number.08. Review of Air standard cycle(brief description regarding the concepts)-Fuel air cycle and their analysis-dissociation. delivery ratio. IC Engines – Heywood 4. torque measurement (only dynamometers). Supercharging. Design of Intake and Exhaust port calculations (with the help of charts) Study of transducers for IC engine application (only brief description about various types) MODULE III Design of IC engines-Basic decisions.F Taylor.First law analysis of engine cycles-engine performance parameters –simple problems. size and arrangement . relative cylinder charge. crank shaft. -Terminologies like reference mass. cylinder and cylinder head.806. Comparison of fuel air cycle and actual cycle.Detailed design procedure for piston. scavenge ratio. fuel-air ratio on thermal efficiency and power. Fundamentals of IC Engines. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Scavenging models-perfect displacement and complete mixing model-scavenging efficiency-simple problems.16 DESIGN OF IC ENGINES
L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE I Introduction-Basic engine components and nomenclature.Ganesan 7. IC Engine design –Richard James 5.Lickty 3. IC Engines .
Robot programming Languages – VAL Programming – Motion Commands.17
Credits : 4 Module I Fundamentals of robot: Robot – Definition – Co-ordinate Systems. Slip Sensors. Joint Notations. welding. Range Sensors (Triangulation Principle. End Effectors – Grippers – Mechanical Grippers. McGraw-Hill Book Co. C.G. Wrist Sensors. Servo Motors.C. Compliance Sensors.P. Klafter. Module III Robot kinematics and robot programming: Forward Kinematics. Structured. Servo Motors – Salient Features. Principles and Applications of the following types of sensors – Position of sensors (Piezo Electric Sensor.Point to point control. and material handling. Programming and Applications”.... and Simple programs Industrial Applications: Application of robots in machining. “Industrial Robotics – Technology. USA. Robot Parts and Their Functions – Need for Robots – Different Applications.. Roll. Resolvers. Vision and Intelligence”. 1987 4 Yoram Koren.G. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.08. Proximity Sensors (Inductive. Sensing. McGraw-Hill. Inverse Kinematics and Differences. Fu. “Robotics Control. Chmielewski and Michael Negin. Tata McGraw-Hill. Pneumatic and Hydraulic Grippers. R. Forward Kinematics and Reverse Kinematics of Manipulators with Two Degrees of Freedom (In 2 Dimensional) – Deviations and Problems. Pay Load – Basic robot motions . " Robotic engineeringAn Integrated Approach ". Speed of Motion. Robot drive systems and end effectors: Pneumatic Drives – Hydraulic Drives – Mechanical Drives – Electrical Drives – D. 1995 6 Richard D.. Frame Grabber.K. LVDT.R. " Robotics Control sensing ". References 1 K. (Binary Sensors. Yaw. Gonzalz. NJ.Lee.Gonalez. Laser Range Meters). “Robotics and Image Processing”. McGraw-Hill Book Co. 7 Industrial Robots. Prentice Hall Inc. End effecter commands. Stepper Motor. Internal Grippers and External Grippers. Optical Encoders). Capacitive. types and classification – Specifications – Pitch. Work Envelope. Sensor Commands.P. and Lee C. Lighting Approach. Image Storage.A. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Applications and Comparison of all these Drives. 1987.S. Yu. 1992 5 Janakiraman. Sensing and Digitizing Image Data – Signal Conversion.806. 2 M.C. Teach Pendant Programming.Groover.S. Two Fingered and Three Fingered Grippers. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
.. Vacuum Grippers.S. 2001 3 Fu. Thomas A. A. Magnetic Grippers.C. McGraw Hill International Edition.Kozyrev University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Vision and Intelligence. Englewoods Cliffs. Continuous path control. Lighting Techniques. Touch Sensors. 1989. Selection and Design Considerations Module II Sensors and machine vision: Requirements of a sensor.S. “Robotics for Engineers”. Analog Sensors). Lead through programming. Camera. assembly.C. and Ultrasonic).
Supply chain: Basic tasks – new corporate model. P. Lasen.the modular company – network relation – supply process –procurement process – Distribution management. J.supply chain progress – model for competing through supply chain management – PLC grid – supply chain redesign – Linking SC with customer.B. McGraw-Hill. approaches . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Ayers. definition.factors affecting logistics. Nicolas. Schraj. J. NY 1998. St. “Hand Book of Supply Chain Management”. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each..N. 2000 3.08. SCM – Organization and information system: Management task – logistics organization – logistics information systems – topology of SC application – MRP. Lencie press. Viva Books.806. New Delhi 2000. Module II Evolution of supply chain models: Strategy and structure – Factors of supply chain – Manufacturing strategy stages . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). References: 1. 2. ERP – warehouse management system – product data management – cases.18 LOGISTICS AND SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT
L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4
Module I Introduction: Logistics – Concepts. Supply chain management (SCM): The new paradigm. T.S. Module III Supply chain activity systems: Structuring the SC – SC and new products – functional roles in SC – SC design framework – collaborative product commerce.B. “Competitive Manufacturing Management”. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. “Managing Global Supply Chain”.
advantages. surface deviation and accuracy. World Scientific Publishers. part-building. Peter D. material system. limitations and applications– Case Studies. REFERENCES: 1. mold SDM and applications.F. Rapid Prototyping: Theory and practice. types.Applications. Applications and case studies.powder structures. surface and solid modeling – data formats . Rapid prototyping. post-build processes.Virtual prototyping. photo polymerization of SL resins.19
Credits : 4
Module I Introduction: Need . and Lim C. process. Hilton/Jacobs. Module III Powder based rapid prototyping systems: Selective Laser Sintering(SLS): Principle. materials. 2000. 2007. products. 5. advantages. post processing. details of processes.. Shape Deposition Manufacturing (SDM): Introduction. materials and applications. Tool path generation. details of processes. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. products. process variables. 2006.Case studies. shape decomposition. Model Slicing and contour data organization. limitations and applications . strengths. materials. Paul F. Rapid Tooling: Technologies and Industrial Applications.Development of RP systems – RP process chain .Data interfacing. Other rapid prototyping technologies: Three dimensional Printing (3DP):Principle. post curing. Indirect and direct SLS. Emad Abouel Nasr. Kamrani. Fused deposition Modeling (FDM): Principle. Laser Engineered Net Shaping(LENS): Processes. Electron Beam Melting – Rapid manufacturing.Digitization techniques – Model Reconstruction – Data Processing for Rapid Prototyping: CAD model preparation. CRC press. process. strength and weakness. Solid based. 2003. Physics of 3DP. process capabilities. products.806. Leong K. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). materials.08. basic process. Springer. Solid Ground Curing (SGC): working principle. per-build process. Applications. Rapid prototyping: Principles and applications.K. Liou W. Module II Liquid based and solid based rapid prototyping systems: Stereolithography (SLA): Apparatus: Principle. direct and adaptive slicing. advantages.Jacobs.Hilton. Liquid based and powder based 3DP systems. materials. limitations and applications. weaknesses and applications. 3. laminated object manufacturing(LOM): Working Principles.S.Liou. Data Requirements – geometric modeling techniques: Wire frame. Selective Laser Melting. modeling of SLS. Part orientation and support generation. basic process. 4.Liou.Benefits. recoating issues.. Reverse engineering and CAD modeling: Basic concept. part quality and process planning. Frank W. 2. Andreas Gebhardt. second edition. Ali K. Chua C. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Rapid Tooling . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. 2003. Support structure design. Hanser Gardener Publications. types of printing. Rapid Prototyping and Engineering applications : A tool box for prototype development.Impact of Rapid Prototyping on Product Development –Digital prototyping . CRC Press. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
oxidative. Detonation gun and jet kote processes. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.Selection of diffusion processes – Characteristics of diffused layer – micro structure and micro hardness evaluation – properties and applications. flame spray processes . fused carbide cloth. pulsed plating. hard anodizing. 1989. 1994. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. CBN. Structure. Laser beam hardening / glazing ion inplantation. 2.sputter coating . 3.806. Aluminising.TiC. Oxy-Acetylene Welding. Siliconising. Alumina. 1990. ASM Metals Handbook. 4. Sursulf . Special diffusion processes: Principle of diffusion processes – Boriding. Chromising. “Surface Engineering”. John Wiley & Sons. Composite surface created by laser and Electron beam.20
Credits : 4
Module I Tribology: Introduction to tribology. Prentice Hall. Module III Thin film coatings: Physical vapour deposition processes – Thermal evaporation . properties and applications.5. Thermal -spray. electroless plating. Englewood Cliff. High energy modification and special processes: Electron beam hardening/ glazing. GMAW. thermal / chemical. Wear tiles. NY. electrochemical conversion coating. GTAW.HVOF.Metals Park.08. plating adhesion. plating of nickel. SAW. Marcel Dekker. PAW. Kenneth G. 1995.Ceramic coatings. Wear: Types of wear . “Surface Engineering for Wear Resistance”. Furnace fusing. Electro spark deposition. tin and copper. 2nd edition. Module II Hardfacing processes: SMAW. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Plating Processes: Fundamentals of electrodeposition.Budinski.adhesive. plating properties. TiN.Ion plating – Chemical vapour deposition – reactive sputtering . erosive and fretting wear. Sudarshan T S. Ernest Rabinowicz. selective plating for repair. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). hydrogen embrittlement. FCAW. Diamond and DLC coatings. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. “Surface Modification Technologies – An Engineer’s guide”. corrosive. hard facing consumables. Surface cements. Wear sleeves and Wear plates. roles of friction and lubrication and wear testing. New York. chromium. Vol.Ohio. “Friction and Wear of Materials”. centrifugal cast wear coatings. abrasive. REFERENCES: 1.
traditional approaches and non-traditional approaches -Genetic Algorithms. 1991.J. Limitations of traditional manufacturing systems.. R. Hand Book.I. Mechanical Engineering pub. D.K. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.D. Simulated Annealing. benefits of GT and issues in GT. cost and non-cost based models. cell loading.08.806. in The automated factoryHand Book: Technology and Management".Parametric analysis . Askin. J. A. establishing a team approach. 3.L.21
DESIGN OF CELLULAR MANUFACTURING
Credits : 4
Module I Introduction to Group Technology (GT). "Cellular Manufacturing Systems". Cellular Manufacturing System (CMS) planning and design: Problems in GT/CMS.Models. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. 1995. Irani. Module III Performance measurement and control: Measuring CMS performance . Parsaei. Elsevier. Cleland. NY.PBC in GT/CMS. 2. A.London. Managerial structure and groups. "Planning. GT and MRP . Economics of GT/CMS: Conventional Vs group use of computer models in GT/CMS. TAB Books .R and Liles.framework. 4. Human aspects of GT/CMS . S. H.G. Kamrani. Module II Design of CMS . life cycle issues in GT/CMS. Implementation of GT/CMS: Inter and Intra cell layout. Group "Technology in Engineering Industry". 1979.cases. B (Eds). and Vakharia. characteristics and design of groups. G. (Eds). batch sequencing and sizing. Neural networks. and Bidananda.H. design and analysis of cellular manufacturing systems".T "Planning and Operation. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Burbidge.A. REFERENCES 1.
Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.
University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Refrigeration and Air conditioning. E.Heating and humidification . Diversity and stratification. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). fan – design. 3. Psychrometric properties and processes.F. VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN
L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4
Module I Principles of refrigeration and psychrometry.Infilteration and ventilation.sources of heat load.cooling and dehumidification . Module II Cooling and heating load calculation .22 HEATING.solar radiation .H. Jordan. Duct design .use &absorbent or adsorbent . 5.heat transfer through structures .S. B. P.. pressure losses. 4. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.806.various process . pressure drop by graphical method. thermal insulation Module III Heating systems-warm air systems-hot water systems steam heating systems-panel and central heating systems-heat pump circuit.various process-sensible cooling and heating-adeabate saturation. Priester.use of psychrometric chart for air conditioning .comfort air conditioning-effective temperature-thermal analysis of human body.selection of design temperatures . Bernoulli’s equation. Continuty equation.F Etc.08. Jones. Refrigeration and Air Conditioning. Air conditioning systems and its applications – Psychrometric chart.H. Refrigeration and Air Conditioning.Arrangements of ducts. Air-conditioning Engineering Carriers Handbook system design of Air Conditioning R.Heat generation inside the conditioned space .S.S. W. P. G.H. C.pressure drop in ducts.method of duct design.F. Design of air conditioning system. Applications. 2. G.mixing of air streams .Air conditioning systems.evaporate coolinglow humidity applications Automobile and Train car air conditioning.heat storage. Arora. Manohar Prasad. G. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. References: 1.
front and rear wind shield angle .boat tailing .W.effects of gap configuration . fast back and square back -dust flow patterns at the rear .08. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.drag coefficient of cars . 1997. New York.analysis of aerodynamic drag . References: 1. 4.. " Wind Tunnel Testing ". SAE..wind noise .the effects of forces and moments .equipment and transducers .flow field around car . SP-1145. MODULE-II Shape optimization of cars front end modification . 1974. 3.23 AUTOMOTIVE AERODYNAMICS
L-T. Vehicle Aerodynamic.fundamental of fluid mechanics .drag force .historical development trends . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). 2nd Edn. 2. Pope. John Wiley & Sons.principle of wind tunnel technology limitation of simulation .low drag profiles.road testing methods – numerical MODULE-III Vehicle handling the origin of forces and moments on a vehicle .drag reduction in commercial vehicles.characteristics of forces and moments .startegies for aerodynamic development . Ltd.hatch back.performance .side wind problems methods to calculate forces and moments .vehicle dynamics under side winds .H.dirt accumulation on the vehicle .measurement techniques . 1996 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.resistance to vehicle motion . Automotive Aerodynamic : Update SP-706. " Aerodynamic of Road vehicles ". Hucho. Butterworths Co.stress with scale models – full scale wind tunnels . Wind tunnels for automotive aerodynamic introduction . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. A. 1987.types of drag force .fuel consumption and performance . 3-1-0 Credits 4 MODULE-I Introduction scope .potential of vehicle aerodynamics. SAE.effect of fasteners.D. Aerodynamic drag of cars cars as a bluff body .806.flow phenomenon related to vehicles -external & internal flow problem . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each..
Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. MODULE III Shovels and Ditchers: Power shovel. single bucket. running and steering gears. number of speeds and gear ratios desirable. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Heavy duty petrol engines and high speed diesel engines. MODULE II Earth Moving Machines: Bulldozers.Moving the earth 3. Jagman Singh. Tree dozer. (Only theory with out any numerical problems) Land Clearing Machines: Construction and working of Bush cutter. road rollers. stampers.drag lines . 3-1-0 Credits 4
MODULE I Introduction: Power plants. scrapers. Kaloyer.ROAD VEHICLES
L-T.Road making machinery.08. self powered scrapers and graders. multi bucket and rotary types . resistance to digging and motion. drag and self powered types . Herbert Nicholos. revolving and stripper shovels . Fork Lifters References: 1. tractive effort. cable and hydraulic dozers. Rippers. Multiaxle vehicles. MIR Publishers.D.24 OFF. Bromberg and F. Performance characteristics of vehicles. A. Scrapers and Graders: Scrapers. double reduction arrangements. air cooled and water cooled engines and air filters as in off highway vehicles. K. Abrosimov.Dump trucks and dumpers Loaders. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). elevators / Man lifters. Moscow 2. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. elevating graders.On and with the earth University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. power required.Power and capacity of earth moving machines. Construction & Industrial Equipments: Construction and operational aspects of mobile cranes.806.ditchers Capacity of shovels. Crawler track. chassis and transmission.
part-throttle operation. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). different heat transfer models. " Modelling of Internal Combustion Engines Processes ". SI engine simulation References: 1.measurement of hrp .. friction calculation. 3. simulation of engine performance.. Hyderbad. 4. SI engine simulation with adiabatic combustion. Pergamon Press. Ramoss. temperature drop due to fuel vaporization. 2. calculation of adiabatic flame temperature .D. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. 1979.. " Internal Combustion Engines ". pressure crank angle diagram and other engine performance.08.. Module-II SI engine simulation with air as working medium deviation between actual and ideal cycle problems. New York. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
. simulation for pollution estimation.N. " Thermodynamic analysis of combustion engines ". constant volume adiabatic combustion.measurement of urp . full throttle operation . 1996. 3-1-0 Credits 4
Module-I Introduction .heat of reaction . engine performance simulation. Benson.V. John Wiley & Sons.L.efficiency calculation. Module-III Progressive combustion SI engines simulation with progressive combustion with gas exchange process.R. Diesel engine simulation multi zone model for combustion. equilibrium calculations. whitehouse. validation of the computer code.D.25 COMPUTER SIMULATION OF IC ENGINE PROCESSES
L-T.A. compression of simulated values.S. super charged operation. 1992. Ashley Campbel. Ganesan. Universities Press (I) Ltd.isentropic changes of state. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. heat transfer process. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. oxford. constant pressure adiabatic combustion. 1986.806. " Computer Simulation of spark ignition engine process ". McGraw Hill Publishing Co.adiabatic flame temperature: complete combustion in c/h/o/n systems.